WO1999021555A2 - Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists - Google Patents

Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO1999021555A2
WO1999021555A2 PCT/JP1998/004837 JP9804837W WO9921555A2 WO 1999021555 A2 WO1999021555 A2 WO 1999021555A2 JP 9804837 W JP9804837 W JP 9804837W WO 9921555 A2 WO9921555 A2 WO 9921555A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
alkyl
group
pyridyl
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP1998/004837
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO1999021555A3 (en
Inventor
Shigenori Ohkawa
Hiroyuki Kimura
Naoyuki Kanzaki
Original Assignee
Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. filed Critical Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd.
Priority to AT98950388T priority Critical patent/ATE257703T1/en
Priority to EP98950388A priority patent/EP1027050B1/en
Priority to US09/463,639 priority patent/US6436966B1/en
Priority to AU96480/98A priority patent/AU9648098A/en
Priority to DE69821132T priority patent/DE69821132T2/en
Priority to CA002302417A priority patent/CA2302417A1/en
Publication of WO1999021555A2 publication Critical patent/WO1999021555A2/en
Publication of WO1999021555A3 publication Critical patent/WO1999021555A3/en
Priority to US10/161,181 priority patent/US6620825B1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4439Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/44Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/4427Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4436Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a heterocyclic ring having sulfur as a ring hetero atom
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an agent for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors and a novel thiazole compound having a superior antagonistic activity at adenosine A3 receptor.
  • Adenosine receptors As subtypes of adenosine receptors, A- ⁇ , A 2a , ⁇ 2 ⁇ and A3 are known. Adenosine induces bronchial constriction in asthma patients, while theophylline , which is known as an antiasthmatic, antagonizes adenosine. Recently several reports showed that activation of adenosine A3 receptors in rats promotes degranulation of mast cells [ Journal of Biological Chemistry, 268.
  • adenosine A3 receptors exist on peripheral blood eosinophils and that the stimulation of adenosine A 3 receptors activates phospholipase C and elevates intracellular calcium [Blood, 88, 3569-3574 (1996)].
  • xanthine derivatives are reported in GB-A- 2288733 and WO 95/11681, and the following compounds are reported in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 40. 2596-2608(1997) .
  • R 1 represents i) cycloalkyl, ii) cyclic amino, iii) amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, phenyl, acetyl and lower alkoxycarbonylacetyl, iv) alkyl which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, carboxy and lower alkoxycarbonyl or v) phenyl which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of carboxy, 2- carboxyethenyl and 2-carboxy-1-propenyl;
  • R 2 represents pyridyl which may be substituted by a lower alkyl; and
  • R 3 represents phenyl which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of lower alkoxy, lower alkyl, hydroxy, halogen and methylenedioxy, or a salt thereof, which has analgesic, anti-pyretic, anti-inflammatory, anti-ulcer.
  • thromboxane A 2 (TXA 2 ) synthetase inhibitory and platelet aggregation inhibiting actions ( JP-A-60-58981) . 2)
  • R 1 represents an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic group having carbon as the attachment point or amino
  • R 2 represents pyridyl which may be substituted by an alkyl
  • R 3 represents phenyl which may be substituted, or a salt thereof, which has analgesic, anti-pyretic, anti-inflammatory, anti-ulcer, thromboxane A 2 (TXA 2 ) synthetase inhibitory and platelet aggregation inhibiting actions (JP-A-61-10580) 3)
  • TXA 2 thromboxane A 2
  • JP-A-61-10580 JP-A-61-10580
  • R 1 represents an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic group having carbon as the attachment point or amino
  • R 2 represents pyridyl which may be substituted by an alkyl
  • R 3 represents aryl which may be substituted, or a salt thereof, which has analgesic, anti-pyretic, anti-inflammatory, anti-ulcer, thromboxane A 2 (TXA 2 ) synthetase inhibitory and platelet aggregation inhibiting actions (USP 4,612,321).
  • TXA 2 thromboxane A 2
  • R 1 is an optionally substituted phenyl
  • R 2 is C 1-6 alkyl or (CH 2 ) n Ar
  • n is 0-2
  • Ar is an optionally substituted phenyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl
  • R : is hydrogen or C ⁇ - _ ⁇ alkyl.
  • R b is hydrogen, ⁇ - _ ⁇ alkyl, etc, or salt thereof, which has an activity of inhibiting gastric acid secretion ( JP-A-07-503023, WO 93/15071). 5) A compound of the formula:
  • R 1 is pyridyl, etc
  • R 2 is phenyl, etc
  • R 3 and
  • R 4 are hydrogen or methyl
  • R 5 is methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen or methyl, etc, or a salt thereof, which is useful as anti-inflammatory and anti-allergic agents (DE-A-3601411) . 6)
  • R- is lower alkyl substituted by halogen
  • R 2 is pyridyl, etc
  • R 3 is phenyl, etc, or a salt thereof, which has anti-inflammatory, antipyretic, analgesic and anti-allergic activities ( JP-A-5-70446) .
  • adenosine causes asthma through its binding to adenosine A 3 receptor, therefore 3 adenosine receptor antagonists are expected to become a new type of antiasthma drug. Accordingly, an agent for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors which has potent antagonistic activity, good bioavailability on per os administration and good metabolical stability are expected to have potent therapeutic effects for asthma, inflammation, Addison's diseases, autoallergic hemolytic anemia, Crohn's diseases, psoriasis, rheumatism and diabetes.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an amino which may be substituted or an acyl
  • at least one of R 2 and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, and the other represents a pyridyl which may be substituted
  • X represents a sulfur atom which may be oxidized, an oxygen atom or a group of the formula: NR 4 wherein R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted or an acyl; or a salt thereof, which may be N-oxidized [hereinafter sometimes referred to briefly as compound (la)], and a novel compound of the formula:
  • R la represents (i) an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted, (ii) an amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, (iii) a cyclic amino which may be substituted or (iv) an acyl;
  • R 2a represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted
  • R 3a represents a pyridyl which may be substituted, or a salt thereof [hereinafter sometimes referred to briefly as compound (lb)] being within a scope of compound (la).
  • the present invention relates to: (1) A pharmaceutical composition for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A 3 receptors which comprises compound ( I ) ;
  • R 5 is (i 1 ) a hydrogen atom, (ii') a C 1-6 alkyl, C 2 _ 6 alkenyl, C 2 _ 6 alkynyl, C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl, C 6 _ 14 aryl or C 7 _ 1 g aralkyl group which may be substituted by
  • is a hydrogen atom or C- ⁇ .g alkyl
  • R 7 is (i' ) a C- ⁇ .g alkyl, C 2 _ 6 alkenyl, C 2 _g alkynyl, C 3 _g cycloalkyl, Cg_ 14 aryl or C-. ⁇ g aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents or (ii') a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulf r and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents, (v) a 5- to 7-member
  • Cg_ 14 arylsulfonylamino (48) C 1-6 alkyl- carbonyloxy, (49) Cg_ 1 aryl-carbonyloxy, (50) C- ⁇ .g alkoxy-carbonyloxy, (51) mono-C ⁇ ⁇ .g alkyl-carbamoyloxy, (52) di-C- j ⁇ g alkyl-carbamoyloxy, (53) Cg_ 14 aryl- carbamoyloxy, (54) nicotinoyloxy, (55) 5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ .g alkyl, Cg_ 1 aryl, C ⁇ _g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10- membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo, (56) 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and (57) sulfo;
  • R 1 is a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ . alkyl, Cg_ 14 aryl, C- ⁇ _g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo;
  • R 2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 C- ⁇ .g alkyl;
  • R J s a Cg_ 4 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C ⁇ _g alkyl, optionally halogenated C ⁇ _g alkoxy and carboxy; and
  • X is S
  • R 1 is (i) a C-L_ Q alkyl, C 3 _g cycloalkyl or Cg_ 14 aryl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C ⁇ .g alkyl, carboxy C 2 _g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C ⁇ .g alkoxy, C ⁇ .g alkoxy- carbonyl-C-L_g alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, mono-C 1 _g alkylamino, carboxy, C- ⁇ .g alkoxy-carbonyl, mono-C ⁇ .g alkyl-carbamoyl and Cg_ 14 aryl-carbonylamino,
  • _ 16 aralkyl, (4) 6- membered heterocyclic group, (5) a C ⁇ .g alkyl-carbonyl, c 3-6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl, Cg_ 14 aryl-carbonyl, C 7 _ 16 aralkyl-carbonyl, C- ⁇ .g alkyl-carbamoyl or 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbonyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C ⁇ _g alkyl, C ⁇ _g alkoxy, carboxy and C ⁇ ⁇ .g alkoxy-carbonyl, and (6) di-
  • R 2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 C ⁇ _
  • R 3 is a Cg_ 10 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C-L_ 3 alkylenedioxy, optionally halogenated C- ⁇ .g alkyl, carboxy C 2 _g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C ⁇ . alkoxy, hydroxy, C 7 _ 16 aralkyloxy and C ⁇ _g alkyl-carbonyloxy, in which the alkyl group can form, together with a neighboring alkyl group, a 5-membered non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; and X is S;
  • an adenosine A3 receptor antagonist which comprises a 1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted;
  • R 3a is a pyridyl
  • R la is as defined above, or a salt thereof, optionally in the presence of a base;
  • (21) a method for preventing and/or treating diseases related to adenosine A 3 receptor in mammal, which comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of a compound of the above ( 1 ) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient , carrier or diluent ; and (22) use of a compound of the above (1) or a salt thereof for manufacturing a pharmaceutical composition for preventing and/or treating diseases related to adenosine A 3 receptor, and so forth.
  • the "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R 5 includes, for example, an acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, etc. Among them, C ⁇ . ⁇ g acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
  • alkyl is for example C- ⁇ g alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.
  • alkenyl is for example C 2 _g alkenyl such as vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, l-methyl-2- propenyl, 2-methyl- 1-propenyl, etc.
  • alkynyl is for example C 2 _g alkynyl such as ethynyl, propargyl, 1-butynyl, 2- butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, etc.
  • cycloalkyl is for example C 3 _g cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
  • the preferred "aryl” is for example Cg_ ⁇ 4 aryl such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl, 4-biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.
  • the preferred "aralkyl” is for example C 7 _ 16 aralkyl such as benzyl, phenethyl, diphenylmethyl , 1- naphthylmethyl , 2-naphthylmethyl, 2, 2-diphenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl , 4-phenylbutyl, 5-phenylpentyl, etc.
  • Examples of the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 5 include halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.), alkylenedioxy (e.g., methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, etc.), nitro, cyano, optionally halogenated C ⁇ ⁇ .g alkyl, optionally halogenated C 2 _g alkenyl, carboxy C 2 _g alkenyl (e.g., 2-carboxyethenyl, 2-carboxy-2- methylethenyl , etc.), optionally halogenated C 2 _ 6 alkynyl, optionally halogenated C 3 _g cycloalkyl, Cg_ ⁇ 4 aryl (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2- biphenylyl, 3-bi
  • phenylthio e.g., phenylthio, 1-naphthylthio, 2-naphthylthio, etc.
  • C 7 _ 16 aralkylthio e.g., benzylthio, phenethylthio, etc.
  • amino, mono-C 1 _g alkylamino e.g. methylamino, ethylamino, etc.
  • phenylamino, 1-naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, etc. di-C- ⁇ g alkylamino (e.g., dimethylamino , diethylamino , ethylmethylamino , etc.), di-Cg_ 14 arylamino (e.g., diphenylamino , etc.), formyl, carboxy, c i-6 alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.), c 3-6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl , cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, etc.), C ⁇ .g alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g.
  • Cg_ 14 aryl-carbonyl e.g., benzoyl, 1-naphthoyl, 2-naphthoyl, etc.
  • C 7 _ ⁇ g aralkyl-carbonyl e.g., phenylacetyl , 3- phenylpropionyl , etc.
  • C 6 _ ⁇ 4 aryloxy-carbonyl e.g..
  • phenoxycarbonyl, etc. C-y. ⁇ g aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, phenethyloxycarbonyl , etc.), 5- or 6-membered heterocycle carbonyl (e.g., nicotinoyl, isonicotinoyl, thenoyl, furoyl, morpholinocarbonyl , thiomorpholinocarbonyl , piperazin-1-ylcarbonyl, pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, etc.), carbamoyl, mono-C ⁇ g alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g.
  • alkyl-carbamoyl e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl , ethylmethylcarbamoyl , etc.
  • C 6 _ 14 aryl-carbamoyl e.g., phenylcarbamoyl , 1- naphthylcarbamoyl , 2-naphthylcarbamoyl, etc.
  • 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbamoyl e.g., 2- pyridylcarbamoyl , 3-pyridylcarbamoyl, 4- pyridylcarbamoyl , 2-thienylcarbamoyl, 3- thienylcarbamoyl , etc.
  • Cg_ 14 aryl- carbonyloxy e.g., benzoyloxy, naphthylcarbonyloxy, etc.
  • C-L_g alkoxy-carbonyloxy e.g., methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, propoxycarbonyloxy, butoxycarbonyloxy, etc.
  • mono-C- ⁇ .g alkyl-carbamoyloxy e.g., methylcarbamoyloxy. ethylcarbamoyloxy, etc.
  • di-C- ⁇ _g alkyl-carbamoyloxy e.g., methylcarbamoyloxy. ethylcarbamoyloxy, etc.
  • aryl-carbamoyloxy e.g., phenylcarbamoyloxy, naphthylcarbamoyloxy, etc.
  • nicotinoyloxy 5- to 7- membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5- quinolyl, 8-quinolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 3-isoquinolyl, 4- isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 1-indolyl, 2-indolyl, 3- indolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2-benzo[b] thienyl, 3-
  • the "hydrocarbon group” may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions of the hydrocarbon group and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
  • the above-mentioned “optionally halogenated C ⁇ .g alkyl” includes, for example, C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.).
  • C 2 _ 6 alkenyl includes, for example, C 2 _ 6 alkenyl (e.g., vinyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, 2-buten-l-yl, 4-penten-l- yl, 5-hexen-l-yl, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo , iodo , etc . ) .
  • C 2 _ 6 alkenyl e.g., vinyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, 2-buten-l-yl, 4-penten-l- yl, 5-hexen-l-yl, etc.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo , iodo , etc .
  • C 2 _g alkynyl includes, for example, C 2 _g alkynyl (e.g., 2- butyn-1-yl, 4-pentyn-l-yl, 5-hexyn-l-yl, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.).
  • C 2 _g alkynyl e.g., 2- butyn-1-yl, 4-pentyn-l-yl, 5-hexyn-l-yl, etc.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.
  • C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl includes, for example, C 3 _ cycloalkyl
  • cyclopropyl e.g. , cyclopropyl , cyclobutyl , cyclopentyl , cyclohexyl , etc .
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.
  • C-L_ 8 alkoxy includes, for example, C 1-8 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.).
  • C ⁇ . g alkylthio includes, for example, C ⁇ .g alkylthio (e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.).
  • C ⁇ .g alkylthio e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, etc.
  • halogen atoms e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.
  • the above-mentioned "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino" of the "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted” includes, for example, 5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, such as pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidino, piperazin-1-yl, morpholino, thiomorpholino , tetrahydroazepin-1-yl, etc.
  • substituted of the "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted” include, for example, 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C- ⁇ .g alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert- butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.), C 6 _ 14 aryl (e.g., phenyl,
  • heterocyclic group of the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R 5 includes, for example, a monovalent group formed by removing an optional hydrogen atom from a 5- to 14-membered
  • heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms of 1 or 2 species selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms, preferably, (i) a 5- to 14-membered, preferably, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring, (ii) a 5- to 10-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic ring and (iii) a 7- to 10-membered bridged heterocyclic ring, etc.
  • the above-mentioned "5- to 14-membered, preferably 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring” includes, for example, an aromatic heterocyclic ring such as thiophene, benzofb] thiophene, benzo[b]furan, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2, 3-b] thiophene, furan, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indole, isoindole, IH-indazole, purine, 4H-quinolidine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine,
  • the above-mentioned "5- to 10-membered non- aromatic heterocyclic ring” includes, for example, pyrrolidine, imidazoline, pyrazolidine, pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, dioxazole, oxadiazoline, oxathiazole, thiadiazoline, triazoline, thiadiazole, dithiazole, etc.
  • the above-mentioned "7- to 10-membered bridged heterocyclic ring” includes, for example, quinuclidine , 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, etc.
  • the "heterocyclic group” include, for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 10-membered) (monocyclic or bicyclic) heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms of 1 or 2 species selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms.
  • an aromatic heterocyclic group such as 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2- furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2- quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 8- quinolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 3-isoquinolyl, 4-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 3-isothiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 1-indolyl, 2-indolyl, 3-indolyl, 2- benzothiazolyl, 2-benzo[b] thienyl, 3-benzo[b] thienyl, 2-benzo[b]furanyl, 3-benzo[b]furanyl, etc; and a non- aromatic heterocyclic group such as 2-thi
  • a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms are 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2- pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 3- isothiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2- pyrrolidinyl , 3-pyrrolidinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 4- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolidinyl, 3-pyrazolidinyl, 4- pyrazolidinyl , piperidino, 2-piperidyl, 3-piperidyl, 4- piperidyl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, morpholino,
  • heterocyclic group may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions of the heterocyclic group and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
  • C ⁇ _ alkyl for R 6 includes, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.
  • the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted” for R 7 include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” and the “heterocyclic group which may be substituted” for R 5 above, respectively.
  • the "1,3-azole compound" of the "1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted” in the above compound (I) includes, for example, 1, 3-thiazole, 1,3- oxazole, 1 , 3-imidazole, and so forth.
  • the "pyridyl” may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions thereof and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
  • the ring-constituting nitrogen atom in the "pyridyl” may be oxidized (N- oxidized) .
  • 1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted may further have 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3 substituents. When the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
  • substituents include, for example, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, amino which may be substituted, acyl, and so forth.
  • hydrocarbon group which may be substituted and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted” includes, for example, the “hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” and the “heterocyclic group which may be substituted” for R ⁇ above, respectively.
  • amino which may be substituted includes, for example, (1) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents and (2) a cyclic amino which may be substituted.
  • amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents include, for example, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, acyl, alkylidene which may be substituted, and so forth.
  • the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” and the “heterocyclic group which may be substituted”, include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” and the “heterocyclic group which may be substituted” for R 5 above, respectively.
  • alkylidene of the "alkylidene which may be substituted” include, for example, C ⁇ _ alkylidene such as methylidene, ethylidene, propylidene, etc.
  • the "substituents" of the "alkylidene which may be substituted” includes, for example, the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 5 .
  • the number of such substituent is 1 to 5 , preferably 1 to 3.
  • cyclic amino of the above-mentioned (2) "cyclic amino which may be substituted” includes, for example, 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, such as pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidino, piperazin-1-yl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydroazepin-1-yl, imidazolidin-1-yl, 2,3-dihydro- lH-imidazol-1-yl, tetrahydro-l(2H) -pyrimidinyl, 3,6- dihydro-1 ( 2H) -pyrimidinyl , 3,4-dihydro-1 ( 2H) - pyrimidinyl, etc.
  • substituted include, for example, 1 to 3 of the "substituents" of the "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted” described in detail in the foregoing referring to the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 5 .
  • Examples of the 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino substituted by an oxo are 2- oxoimidazolidin-1-yl, 2-oxo-2 , 3-dihydro-lH-imidazol-l- yl, 2-oxotetrahydro-l(2H) -pyrimidinyl, 2-oxo-3, 6- dihydro- 1 ( 2H) -pyrimidinyl , 2-oxo-3 , 4-dihydro- 1 ( 2H) - pyrimidinyl, etc.
  • compound ( I ) is compound (la).
  • the ring-constituting nitrogen atom in the 1,3- azole in compound (la) may be oxidized (N-oxidized).
  • the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” , the “heterocyclic group which may be substituted” and the “amino which may be substituted” for R 1 include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” , the “heterocyclic group which may be substituted” and the "amino which may be substituted” which the above compound (I) may have, respectively.
  • R 1 is preferably an amino which may be substituted. More preferred is an amino which may be substituted by
  • a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ _g alkyl, C _ ⁇ 4 aryl, C ⁇ ⁇ .g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo.
  • R 3 includes, for example, the "pyridyl which may be substituted" which the above compound ( I ) has .
  • the "aromatic hydrocarbon group" of the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 2 or R 3 includes, for example, a Cg_ 14 monocyclic or fused polycyclic (e.g., bi- or tri-cyclic) aromatic hydrocarbon group, etc.
  • Cg_ 14 aryl such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2- biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl, 4-biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.
  • the "substituents" of the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” include, for example, the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 5 .
  • the number of such substituent is 1 to 5 , preferably 1 to 3. When the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
  • the two substituents (preferably alkyl groups) can form. together with a neighboring substituent, a 4- to 7- membered (preferably, 5-membered) non-aromatic carbocyclic ring.
  • R 2 and R 3 are a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, and the other is a pyridyl which may be substituted.
  • R 2 is preferably a pyridyl which may be substituted.
  • R 3 is preferably a Cg_ 14 (preferably Cg_ 10 ) aryl which may be substituted.
  • the "sulfur atom which may be oxidized" for X includes S, SO and S0 2 .
  • the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R 4 includes, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R 5 above.
  • X is preferably a sulfur atom which may be oxidized. More preferred is S.
  • compound (la) preferred is a compound wherein R 1 is an amino which may be substituted, preferably a monoacylamino; at least one of R 2 and R 3 is a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, and the other is a pyridyl which may be substituted; and X is S.
  • R 2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 C ⁇ _ alkyl;
  • R 3 is a C 6 _ 14 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C ⁇ .g alkyl, optionally halogenated C ⁇ _g alkoxy and carboxy; and
  • X is S.
  • Another preferred example is a compound, wherein
  • R 1 is (i) a CT.
  • Q alkyl, C 3 _g cycloalkyl or Cg_ 14 aryl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C- ⁇ g alkyl, carboxy C 2 _g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C ⁇ .g alkoxy, C- ⁇ _g alkoxycarbonyl-C 1 _ 6 alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, mono-C ⁇ .g alkylamino, carboxy, C- ⁇ .g alkoxy-carbonyl, mono-C ⁇ _g alkyl-carbamoyl and Cg_ 14 aryl-carbonylamino,
  • a 5-membered heterocyclic group (iii) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, (2) Cg_ 14 aryl, (3) C 7 _ 16 aralkyl, (4) 6- membered heterocyclic group, (5) a C ⁇ .g alkyl-carbonyl, c 3-6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl, Cg_ 14 aryl-carbonyl, C-y. ⁇ g aralkyl-carbonyl, C ⁇ .g alkyl-carbamoyl or 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbonyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, carboxy and C ⁇ _g alkoxy-carbonyl, and (6) di- c i-6 alkylamino-C ⁇ _g alkylidene,
  • R- is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 C ⁇ . g alkyl;
  • R 3 is a C 6 _ 10 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C 1-3 alkylenedioxy, optionally halogenated C 1-6 alkyl, carboxy C 2 _g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C- ⁇ .g alkoxy, hydroxy, C 7 _ 16 aralkyloxy and C- ⁇ .g alkyl-carbonyloxy, and the alkyl group can form, together with the neighboring alkyl group, a 5-membered non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; and X is S.
  • compound (lb) is novel compound.
  • the "aromatic heterocyclic group" of the "aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R - a includes , for example , a monovalent group formed by removing an optional hydrogen atom from a 5- to 14- membered preferably 5- to 10-membered (monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic) aromatic heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms of 1 or 2 species selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , etc .
  • a monovalent group formed by removing an optional hydrogen atom from an aromatic heterocyclic ring such as thiophene, benzo[b] thiophene, benzo[b] furan, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphthof 2 , 3-b] thiophene, furan, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indole, IH-indazole, purine, 4H-quinolidine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine , quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, phenanthridine , acridine, phenazine, isothiazole, phenothiazine, isoxazole, furazan,
  • aromatic heterocyclic group is a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group which may be fused with one benzene ring.
  • the "amino" of the "amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R la includes an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted. When the number of substituents is two, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
  • R 5a represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted
  • R 6a represents a hydrogen atom or a C 1 _ 6 alkyl
  • the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted” for R 5a include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted” for R 5 above, respectively.
  • the "C ⁇ .g alkyl” for R 6a includes, for example. the “C 1 _ 6 alkyl” for R 6 above.
  • the examples of the "substituted carbonyl” are formyl, carboxy, C- ⁇ g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.), C 3 _g cycloalkyl-carbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl , cyclopentylcarbonyl , cyclohexylcarbonyl , etc.), C- ⁇ .g alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, tert- butoxycarbonyl , etc.), Cg_ 14 aryl-carbonyl (e.g., benzoyl, 1-naphthoyl, 2-naphthoyl, etc.), C 7 _ 16 aral
  • alkyl-carbamoyl e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl , ethylmethylcarbamoyl , etc.
  • C 6 _ 14 aryl-carbamoyl e.g., phenylcarbamoyl , 1- naphthylcarbamoyl , 2-naphthylcarbamoyl, etc.
  • 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbamoyl e.g., 2- pyridylcarbamoyl , 3-pyridylcarbamoyl , 4- pyridylcarbamoyl , 2-thienylcarbamoyl, 3- thienylcarbamoyl , etc.
  • hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" of the "amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R la includes, for example, the
  • R la includes, for example, the "cyclic amino which may be substituted” described in the "amino which may be substituted” for R- .
  • R l is preferably an amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted.
  • the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R 2a includes, for example, the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 2 or R 3 above.
  • the "pyridyl which may be substituted” for R 3a includes, for example, the “pyridyl which may be substituted” which the above compound (I) has.
  • Preferred example of compound ( lb ) is a compound wherein R la is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C ⁇ .g alkyl, C- ⁇ .g alky1-carbonyl , Cg_ 14 aryl-carbonyl and C ⁇ . g alkyl-carbamoyl ;
  • R 2a is a phenyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C ⁇ .g alkyl and optionally halogenated C ⁇ g alkoxy; and
  • R 3a is a pyridyl
  • compound (lb) are N-methyl[5-phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl) -1, 3-thiazol-2-yl] amine,
  • R lD represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an amino which may be substituted or an acyl;
  • R 2b represents a N-oxidized pyridyl which may be substituted
  • R 3b represents a hydrogen atom, a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted; or a salt thereof, [hereinafter sometimes referred to briefly as compound (lc)] is also within a scope of compound (la).
  • R lD include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” , the “heterocyclic group which may be substituted”, the “amino which may be substituted” and the “acyl” for R 1 above, respectively.
  • the "substituents" of the "N-oxidized pyridyl which may be substituted” are the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 5 above.
  • the "N-oxidized pyridyl” may have 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions of the pyridyl and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
  • the "pyridyl which may be substituted” and the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 3t> include, for example, the "pyridyl which may be substituted” and the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted” for R 3 above, respectively.
  • R 3D is preferably a C 6 _ 14 (preferably Cg_ 10 ) aryl which may be substituted.
  • R 2b is a N-oxidized pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 C ⁇ g alkyl; and R 3b is a Cg_ 10 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C ⁇ _ alkyl, optionally halogenated C- ⁇ .g alkoxy and carboxy.
  • Salts of compound (I), compound (la), compound (lb) or compound (lc) include, for example, metal salts, ammonium salts, salts with organic bases, salts with inorganic acids, salts with organic acids, salts with basic or acidic amino acids, etc.
  • metal salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salts, potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salts, magnesium salts, barium salts; aluminium salts, etc.
  • salts with organic bases include salts with trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, 2,6- lutidine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine , triethanolamine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamine, N,N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, etc.
  • Preferred examples of salts with inorganic acids include hydrochlorides , hydrobromides , nitrates, sulfates, phosphates, etc.
  • salts with organic acids include formates , acetates , trifluoroacetates , fumarates , oxalates , tartrates, maleates, citrates, succinates, malates, methanesulfonates , benzenesulfonates, p- toluenesulfonates, etc.
  • Preferred examples of salts with basic amino acids include salts with arginine, lysine, ornithine, etc.
  • Preferred examples of salts with acidic amino acids include aspartates , glutamates , etc.
  • salts for the compound having an acidic functional group in the molecule, mentioned are their inorganic salts , such as alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.), and alkaline earth metal salts (e.g., calcium salts, magnesium salts, barium salts, etc.), ammonium salts, etc.; and for the compound having a basic functional group in the molecule, mentioned are their inorganic salts such as hydrobromides, nitrates, sulfates, phosphates, etc., and organic salts such as acetates. maleates , fumarates , succinates , citrates , tartrates , methanesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, etc.
  • alkali metal salts e.g., sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.
  • alkaline earth metal salts e.g., calcium salts, magnesium salts, barium salts, etc
  • Compound ( I ) can be produced in any per se known manner, for example, according to the methods of the following processes 1 to 3 or analogous methods thereto as well as the methods disclosed in WO 95/13067 or analogous methods thereto in case that compound (I) is 1,3-oxazole compounds, the methods disclosed in USP 3,940,486, WO 88/01169, WO 93/14081, WO 95/02591, WO 97/12876 or analogous methods thereto in case that compound (I) is 1, 3-imidazole compounds, and the methods disclosed in JP-A-60-58981, JP-A-61-10580 , JP- A-7-503023, WO 93/15071, DE-A-3601411 , JP-A-5-70446 or analogous methods thereto in case that compound ( I ) is 1,3-thiazole.
  • Compounds (II), (III), (V), (VII), (XI), (XIII) and (XIV) may be purchased from commercial sources if they are available on the market or can be produced in any per se known manner.
  • Compound (IV) is produced by subjecting compound (II) to condensation with compound (III) in the presence of a base.
  • R 8 represents, for example, (i) ⁇ _ ⁇ alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), (ii) di-C- ⁇ g alkylamino (e.g. , dimethylamino, diethylamino , etc .
  • N-C 6 _ 10 aryl-N-C-L_g alkylamino e.g., N-phenyl-N- methylamino, etc.
  • 3- to 7-membered cyclic amino e.g., pyrrolidino, morpholino, methylaziridin-1-yl, etc.
  • the amount of compound (III) to be used is 0.5 to 3.0 mols or so, preferably 0.8 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (II).
  • the amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (II).
  • the “base” includes, for example, basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc. ; inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine , cyclohexyldimethylamine , 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N,N- dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N- methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, etc.; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride, potassium hydride , etc.
  • metal amides such as sodium amide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, etc.
  • metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent .
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, ethers, amides, alcohols, water, and mixtures of those solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is generally -5 to 200 °C or so, preferably 5 to 150 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally about 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours.
  • the product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (VIII) is produced by treating compound (IV) with an acid.
  • the amount of the acid to be used is 1.0 to 100 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 30 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (IV).
  • the “acids” include, for example, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in an inert solvent.
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are water, mixtures of water and amides , mixtures of water and alcohols, etc.
  • the reaction temperature is generally 20 to 200 ° C or so, preferably 60 to 150 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally about 30 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 1 to 30 hours.
  • the product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (VIII) is also produced by treating compound (V) with a base followed by subjecting the resultant compound (VI) to condensation with compound (VII).
  • M represents, for example, an alkali metal such as lithium, sodium, potassium, etc.
  • R 9 represents, for example. same as those mentioned above for R° .
  • the amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (V) .
  • the "base” includes, for example, metal amides such as sodium amide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent .
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons, ethers, and mixtures of those solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is generally -78 to 60 °C or so, preferably -78 to 20 C C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally about 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 3 hours .
  • the product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (IX) is produced by treating compound (VIII) with a halogen. If desired, this reaction is carried out in the presence of a base or a basic salt.
  • the amount of the halogen to be used is 1.0 to 5.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (VIII).
  • halogen includes, for example, bromine, chlorine, iodine, etc.
  • the amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 10.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (VIII).
  • the "base” includes, for example, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine , tributylamine , cyclohexyldimethylamine , 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N,N- dimethylaniline , N-methylpiperidine, N- methylpyrrolidine , N-methylmorpholine, etc.
  • the amount of the basic salt to be used is 1.0 to 10.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (VIII).
  • the "basic salt” includes, for example, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate , sodium acetate, potassium acetate, etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent.
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are ethers , aromatic hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , amides , halogenated hydrocarbons , nitriles, sulfoxides , organic acids, aromatic amines and mixtures of those solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is -20 to 150 ° C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably about 10 minutes to 5 hours.
  • the product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (la) is produced by subjecting compound (IX) to condensation with compound (X). If desired. this reaction is carried out in the presence of a base or a basic salt.
  • Hal represents halogens.
  • Compound (X) may be purchased from commercial sources if they are available on the market or can be produced according to any per se known methods or analogous methods thereto as well as the methods disclosed in the following process 2.
  • the amount of compound (X) to be used is 0.5 to 3.0 mols or so, preferably 0.8 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (IX).
  • the amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (IX).
  • the "base” includes, for example, basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate , etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine , tributylamine , cyclohexyldimethylamine , 4- dimethylaminopyridine , N,N-dimethylaniline, N- methylpiperidine , N-methylpyrrolidine, N- methylmorpholine , etc .
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent.
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , ethers , amides , alcohols, nitriles and mixtures of those solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is -5 to 200 °C or so, preferably 5 to 150 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours.
  • the product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (XII) is produced by subjecting compound (XI) to condensation with an amine of the formula: R- ⁇ H.
  • R 11 represents the "amine which may be substituted" for R 1 above.
  • R ,10 represents an alkoxy.
  • the "alkoxy” includes, for example, a C ⁇ .g alkoxy such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, etc.
  • the amount of the "amine" to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XI).
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent .
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , ethers , amides , alcohols, nitriles, ketones and mixtures of those solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is -5 to 200 °C or so, preferably 5 to 120 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours.
  • the product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (X) is produced by subjecting compound (XII) to hydrolysis using an acid or a base.
  • the amount of the “acid” or “base” to be used is 0.1 to 50 mols or so, preferably 1 to 20 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XII), respectively.
  • the “acid” includes, for example, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc; Lewis acids such as boron trichloride, boron tribromide, etc; thiols or sulfides in combination with Lewis acids; organic acids such as trifluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.
  • the “base” includes, for example, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, etc.; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, etc; organic bases such as triethylamine, imidazole, formamidine, etc .
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent .
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are alcohols, ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, sulfoxides , water and mixtures of those solvents .
  • the reaction time is generally 10 minutes to 50 hours, preferably about 30 minutes to 12 hours.
  • the reaction temperature is 0 to 200 ⁇ C or so, preferably 20 to 120 ° C or so.
  • Compound (X) is also produced by treating compound (XIII) with a hydrogen sulfide in the presence of a base.
  • the amount of the hydrogen sulfide to be used is 1 to 30 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound
  • the amount of the "base” to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XIII).
  • the “base” includes, for example, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine , tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N,N- dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N- methylpyrrolidine , N-methylmorpholine, etc.
  • aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.
  • tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine , tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N,N- dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N- methylpyrrolidine , N-methylmorpholine, etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent.
  • a solvent or in an inert solvent There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , ethers , aromatic amines and mixtures of those solvents.
  • reaction temperature is -20 to 80 °C or so, preferably -10 to 30
  • the reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours.
  • the product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (X) is also produced by treating compound (XIV) with a phosphorous pentasulfide or Lawesson's reagent .
  • the amount of the "phosphorous pentasulfide” or “Lawesson's reagent” to be used is 0.5 to 10 mols or so, preferably 0.5 to 3 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XIV) .
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent .
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons , halogenated hydrocarbons and mixtures of those solvents .
  • the reaction time is generally 10 minutes to 50 hours, preferably about 30 minutes to 12 hours.
  • the reaction temperature is 0 to 150 °C or so, preferably 20 to 120 ° C or so.
  • the product (X) may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • compound (la) is an acylamino derivative
  • the desired product can be also obtained by subjecting the corresponded amine compound to any per se known acylation method.
  • compound (la) wherein R 1 is an acylamino which may be substituted is produced by reacting a corresponding 2-thiazolyl amine with an acylating agent optionally in the presence of a base or an acid.
  • the amount of the "acylating agent” to be used is 1.0 to 5.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (la).
  • the "acylating agent” includes, for example, carboxylic acid or a reactive derivative thereof (e.g., acid halides, acid anhydrides, esters, etc.) correspond to the desired product .
  • the amount of the "base” or “acid” to be used is 0.8 to 5.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (la).
  • the “base” includes, for example, triethylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaminopyridine, etc.
  • the “acid” includes, for example, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, camphor-sulfonic acid etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent .
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons , amides , halogenated hydrocarbons , nitriles , sulfoxides , aromatic amines and mixtures of those solvents .
  • the reaction temperature is -20 to 150 ° C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably about 10 minutes to 5 hours .
  • the product may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • Compound (lc) can be also produced according to the methods of the following process 3 or analogous methods thereto .
  • Compound (XV) can be produced according to any per se known methods or analogous methods thereto.
  • Compound (lc) is produced by treating compound (XV) with a peroxy acid.
  • R 2D represents a pyridyl which may be substituted.
  • the "pyridyl which may be substituted” includes, for example, the “pyridyl which may be substituted” for R 2 above.
  • the amount of the "peroxy acid" to be used is 0.8 to 10 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XV) .
  • peroxy acid includes, for example, peracetic acid, trifluoroperacetic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent.
  • a solvent or in an inert solvent There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , organic acids , ethers, amides, sulfoxides, alcohols, nitriles, ketones and mixtures of those solvents .
  • the reaction temperature is -20 to 130 ° C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 12 hours.
  • Compound (lc) is also produced by treating compound (XV) with a hydrogen peroxide or an alkylhydroperoxide , in the presence of a base, an acid or a metal oxides if desired.
  • a hydrogen peroxide or an alkylhydroperoxide is also produced by treating compound (XV) with a hydrogen peroxide or an alkylhydroperoxide , in the presence of a base, an acid or a metal oxides if desired.
  • alkylhydroperoxide to be used is 0.8 to 10 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XV) .
  • alkylhydroperoxide includes, for example, tert-butylhydroperoxide, cumene hydroperoxide , etc.
  • the amount of the “base”, the “acid” or the “metal oxides” to be used is 0.1 to 30 mols or so, preferably 0.8 to 5 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XV).
  • the “base” includes, for example, inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, basic salts such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc.
  • the “acid” includes, for example, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid, Lewis acids such as boron trifluoride and aluminum (III) chloride, titanium(IV) chloride, organic acids such as formic acid and acetic acid, etc.
  • the "metal oxides” includes, for example, vanadium oxide (V 2 0 5 ), osmium oxide (Os0 4 ) , tungsten oxide (W0 3 ), molybdenum oxide (Mo0 3 ), selenium oxide (Se0 2 ), chromium oxide (Cr0 3 ), etc.
  • This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent.
  • solvent there is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
  • Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , organic acids , ethers, amides, sulfoxides, alcohols, nitriles, ketones and mixtures of those solvents .
  • the reaction temperature is -20 to 130 "C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so.
  • the reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 12 hours.
  • the product may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
  • those groups may be protected by ordinary protective groups which are generally used in peptide chemistry.
  • the protective groups may be removed after the reaction to give the disired products.
  • the amino-protecting group includes, for example, formyl, C- ⁇ .g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenylcarbonyl which may be substituted, C- ⁇ g alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyloxycarbonyl which may be substituted, c 7-1 0 aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, etc.) which may be substituted, trityl which may be substituted, phthaloyl which may be substituted, etc.
  • formyl C- ⁇ .g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.) which may be substituted
  • phenylcarbonyl which may be substituted
  • C- ⁇ g alkoxy-carbonyl
  • substituents include, for example, halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.), - ⁇ _ alkyl- carbonyl (e.g. , acetyl, propionyl , valeryl , etc . ) , nitro, etc.
  • the number of those substituents is 1 to 3.
  • the carboxy-protecting group includes, for example, C-L_g alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyl which may be substituted, trityl which may be substituted, silyl which may be substituted, etc.
  • C-L_g alkyl e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, etc.
  • substituents includes, for example, halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.), formyl, C ⁇ _g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g. , acetyl, propionyl, butylcarbonyl, etc.), nitro, C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, tert- butyl, etc.), Cg_ 10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), etc.
  • the number of those substituents is 1 to 3.
  • the hydroxy-protecting group includes, for example, C ⁇ _g alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyl which may be substituted, ⁇ ⁇ - aralkyl (e.g., benzyl, etc.) which may be substituted, formyl which may be substituted, C ⁇ .g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyloxycarbonyl which may be substituted, ⁇ ⁇ - ⁇ ⁇ aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, etc.) which may be substituted, tetrahydropyranyl which may be substituted, tetrahydrofuranyl which may be substituted, silyl which may be substituted, etc.
  • Those protective groups may be removed by any per se known methods or analogous methods thereto, such as methods using acids, bases, ultraviolet rays, hydrazine, phenylhydrazine, sodium N-methyldithiocarbamate, tetrabutylammonium fluoride, palladium acetate, etc.; and reduction, etc.
  • products formed in the reaction mixtures may be subjected to deprotection, acylation, alkylation, hydrogenation, oxidation, reduction, chain extension, substituents-exchange reaction and combined reactions thereof, to obtain compound (I).
  • deprotection, acylation, alkylation, hydrogenation, oxidation, reduction, chain extension, substituents-exchange reaction and combined reactions thereof to obtain compound (I).
  • These methods include, for example, the methods described in "Shin Jikken Kagaku Kouza (New Edition of Lectures of Experimental Chemistry)" L4, 15_ (1977) edited by Maruzen .
  • alcohols include, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, etc.
  • ethers include, for example, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, diphenyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane , 1,2-dimethoxyethane , etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons include, for example, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, etc.
  • aliphatic hydrocarbons include, for example, hexane , pentane , cyclohexane, etc .
  • aromatic hydrocarbons include, for example, benzene, toluene, xylene, chlorobenzene, etc.
  • aromatic amines include, for example, pyridine, lutidine, quinoline, etc.
  • amides include, for example, N,N- dimethylformamide , N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, etc.
  • ketones include, for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.
  • sulfoxides include, for example, dimethylsulfoxide, etc.
  • nitriles include, for example, acetonitrile, propionitrile, etc.
  • organic acids include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.
  • the products are formed in their free form in the reaction, they may be converted into their salts in any ordinary manner. Where they are formed in the form of their salts , they may be converted into free compounds or other salts in any ordinary manner.
  • the thus-obtained compound (I) may be isolated and purified from the reaction mixtures through any ordinary means of, for example, trans-solvation, concentration, solvent extraction, fractionation, crystallization, recrystallization, chromatography and the like.
  • compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) exists in the reaction mixtures in the form of its configurational isomers , diastereomers , conformers or the like, they may be optionally isolated into single isomers through the separation and isolation means mentioned above.
  • compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) is in the form of its racemates , they may be resolved into S- and R-forms through any ordinary optical resolution.
  • Compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) includes stereoisomers, depending on the type of the substituents therein, and both single isomers and mixtures of different isomers are within the scope of the present invention.
  • Compounds (I), (la), (lb) and (lc) may be in any form of their hydrates and non-hydrates.
  • the agent (pharmaceutical composition) of the present invention comprising compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) shows a high affinity for adenosine receptor, especially for adenosine A 3 receptor, while having low toxicity and few side effects.
  • the agent is useful as a safe medicine.
  • the agent (pharmaceutical composition) of the present invention comprising compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) has a potent antagonistic activity on mammals (e.g., mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, feline, canine, bovine, sheep, monkey, human, etc.), a good bioavailability on per os administration, a good metabolical stability, and therefore, it can be used for preventing and/or treating diseases that may be related to adenosine A 3 receptor, for example, asthma, allergosis, inflammation, Addison's disease, autoallergic hemolytic anemia, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, rheumatism, diabetes, and so on.
  • diseases that may be related to adenosine A 3 receptor, for example, asthma, allergosis, inflammation, Addison's disease, autoallergic hemolytic anemia, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, rheumatism, diabetes, and so on.
  • agent (pharmaceutical composition) of the present invention comprising compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) has low toxicity, and therefore, compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) is, either directly as it is or after having been formulated into pharmaceutical compositions along with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in any per se known manner, for example, into tablets (including sugar-coated tablets, film-coated tablets), powders, granules, capsules (including soft capsules), liquid preparations, injections, suppositories, sustained release preparations, etc., safely administered orally or parenterally (e.g., locally, rectally, intravenously, etc.).
  • the amount of compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) is from 0.01 to 100 % by weight or so of the total weight of the composition.
  • the dose of the composition varies, depending on the subject to which the composition is administered, the administration route employed, the disorder of the subject, etc.
  • an adenosine A 3 receptor antagonist oral composition for treating asthma, its dose for adults (body weight ca.
  • 60 kg may be from 0.1 to 30 mg/kg of body weight or so. preferably from 1 to 20 mg/kg of body weight or so, in terms of the active ingredient of compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc), and this may be administered once or several times a day.
  • Any ordinary organic and inorganic carrier substances that are generally used in formulating medicines are usable as the carriers for formulating the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention.
  • employable are ordinary excipients, lubricants, binders, disintegrators, etc. for formulating solid preparations; and solvents, solubilizers, suspending agents, isotonizing agents, buffers, soothing agents, etc. for formulating liquid preparations.
  • further employable are other additives such as preservatives, antioxidants, colorants, sweeteners, adsorbents, wetting agents, etc.
  • the excipients include, for example, lactose, white sugar, D-mannitol, starch, corn starch, crystalline cellulose, light silicic anhydride, etc.
  • the lubricants include, for example, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc, colloidal silica, etc.
  • the binders include, for example, crystalline cellulose, white sugar, D-mannitol, dextrin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, starch, sucrose, gelatin, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose sodium, etc.
  • the disintegrators include, for example, starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, croscarmellose sodium, carboxymethyl starch sodium, L-hydroxypropyl cellulose, etc.
  • the solvents include, for example, water for injections, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, olive oil, etc.
  • the solubilizers include, for example, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, D-mannitol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, trisaminomethane, cholesterol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, etc.
  • the suspending agents include, for example, surfactants such as stearyl triethanolamine, sodium lauryl sulfate, lauryl aminopropionic acid, lecithin, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, glycerin monostearate, etc.; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carboxymethyl cellulose sodium, methyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, etc.
  • surfactants such as stearyl triethanolamine, sodium lauryl sulfate, lauryl aminopropionic acid, lecithin, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, glycerin monostearate, etc.
  • hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carboxymethyl cellulose sodium, methyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethy
  • the isotonizing agents include, for example, glucose, D-sorbitol, sodium chloride, glycerin, D- mannitol, etc.
  • the buffers include, for example, liquid buffers of phosphates, acetates, carbonates, citrates, etc.
  • the soothing agents include, for example, benzyl alcohol, etc.
  • the preservatives include, for example, parahydroxybenzoates , chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, phenethyl alcohol, dehydroacetic acid, sorbic acid, etc.
  • the antioxidants include, for example, sulfites, ascorbic acid, etc.
  • CDCI3 deuterated chloroform
  • Reference Example Compound 2-5 l-(4-Fluorophenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone oil.
  • Reference Example Compound 2-8 1- ( 5-Indanyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 55-56° C.
  • Example Compounds 3-1 to 3-5 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 2.
  • Reference Example Compound 7-3 2-Bromo-2- ( 3-pyridyl ) - 1- ( 3 , 4 , 5- trimethoxyphenyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 184-186° C.
  • Example Compounds 17-1 to 17-20 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example
  • Reference Example Compound 17-1 1- ( 3-Chlorophenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 79-80° C.
  • Reference Example Compound 17-2 1- ( 4-Chlorophenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 93-94° C.
  • Reference Example Compound 18-4 1- ( 2-Methylphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone oil.
  • Reference Example Compounds 22-1 to 22-33 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 6.
  • Reference Example Compound 22-1 2-Bromo-1- ( 2-chlorophenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 88 - 90° C .

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A pharmaceutical composition for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors which comprises a 1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5- position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted is provided and can be used as a prophylactic and therapeutic agent for asthma, allergosis, inflammation, and so on.

Description

DESCRIPTION Adenosine A3 Receptor Antagonists
TECHNICAL FIELD The present invention relates to an agent for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors and a novel thiazole compound having a superior antagonistic activity at adenosine A3 receptor.
BACKGROUND ART
As subtypes of adenosine receptors, A-^ , A2a, ^2^ and A3 are known. Adenosine induces bronchial constriction in asthma patients, while theophylline , which is known as an antiasthmatic, antagonizes adenosine. Recently several reports showed that activation of adenosine A3 receptors in rats promotes degranulation of mast cells [ Journal of Biological Chemistry, 268. 16887-16890 (1993)], that adenosine A3 receptors exist on peripheral blood eosinophils and that the stimulation of adenosine A3 receptors activates phospholipase C and elevates intracellular calcium [Blood, 88, 3569-3574 (1996)].
Currently, as selective A3 adenosine receptor antagonists, xanthine derivatives are reported in GB-A- 2288733 and WO 95/11681, and the following compounds are reported in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 40. 2596-2608(1997) .
Figure imgf000003_0001
Figure imgf000004_0001
The following thiazole compounds are known. 1) A thiazole derivative of the formula:
Figure imgf000004_0002
wherein R1 represents i) cycloalkyl, ii) cyclic amino, iii) amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of lower alkyl, phenyl, acetyl and lower alkoxycarbonylacetyl, iv) alkyl which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, carboxy and lower alkoxycarbonyl or v) phenyl which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of carboxy, 2- carboxyethenyl and 2-carboxy-1-propenyl; R2 represents pyridyl which may be substituted by a lower alkyl; and
R3 represents phenyl which may be substituted by a substituent selected from the group consisting of lower alkoxy, lower alkyl, hydroxy, halogen and methylenedioxy, or a salt thereof, which has analgesic, anti-pyretic, anti-inflammatory, anti-ulcer. thromboxane A2 (TXA2) synthetase inhibitory and platelet aggregation inhibiting actions ( JP-A-60-58981) . 2) A 1,3-thiazole derivative of the formula:
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein R1 represents an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic group having carbon as the attachment point or amino; R2 represents pyridyl which may be substituted by an alkyl; and R3 represents phenyl which may be substituted, or a salt thereof, which has analgesic, anti-pyretic, anti-inflammatory, anti-ulcer, thromboxane A2 (TXA2) synthetase inhibitory and platelet aggregation inhibiting actions (JP-A-61-10580) 3) A 1,3-thiazole derivative of the formula:
Figure imgf000005_0002
wherein R1 represents an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, aralkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclic group having carbon as the attachment point or amino; R2 represents pyridyl which may be substituted by an alkyl; and R3 represents aryl which may be substituted, or a salt thereof, which has analgesic, anti-pyretic, anti-inflammatory, anti-ulcer, thromboxane A2 (TXA2) synthetase inhibitory and platelet aggregation inhibiting actions (USP 4,612,321). 4) A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein R1 is an optionally substituted phenyl, R2 is C1-6 alkyl or (CH2)nAr, n is 0-2, Ar is an optionally substituted phenyl, R3 is hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl, R4 is hydrogen, C1-4 alkyl, etc, R: is hydrogen or C^- _^ alkyl.
Rb is hydrogen, ^- _^ alkyl, etc, or salt thereof, which has an activity of inhibiting gastric acid secretion ( JP-A-07-503023, WO 93/15071). 5) A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0002
wherein R1 is pyridyl, etc, R2 is phenyl, etc, R3 and
R4 are hydrogen or methyl, R5 is methyl, etc, R6 is hydrogen or methyl, etc, or a salt thereof, which is useful as anti-inflammatory and anti-allergic agents (DE-A-3601411) . 6) A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000006_0003
wherein R- is lower alkyl substituted by halogen, R2 is pyridyl, etc, R3 is phenyl, etc, or a salt thereof, which has anti-inflammatory, antipyretic, analgesic and anti-allergic activities ( JP-A-5-70446) .
From the prior art described above, it is thought that adenosine causes asthma through its binding to adenosine A3 receptor, therefore 3 adenosine receptor antagonists are expected to become a new type of antiasthma drug. Accordingly, an agent for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors which has potent antagonistic activity, good bioavailability on per os administration and good metabolical stability are expected to have potent therapeutic effects for asthma, inflammation, Addison's diseases, autoallergic hemolytic anemia, Crohn's diseases, psoriasis, rheumatism and diabetes. However, as a prophylactic and therapeutic agent for adenosine A3 receptor-related diseases , no good agent for antagonising adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors are known in terms of potency, safety, bioavailability, and metabolic stability.
Therefore a good agent for antagonising adenosine at adenosine A3 receptor is expected to be developed.
DISCLOSURE OF INVENTION We, the present inventors, have studied various compounds having an antagonistic activity at adenosine A3 receptors, and as a result, have found for the first time that a 1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted [hereinafter sometimes referred to briefly as compound (I)], has an unexpected, excellent selective affinity to adenosine A3 receptor, antagonistic activity at adenosine A3 receptor and high stability, and is therefore satisfactory as a medicine. Compound (I) comprises, for example, a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an amino which may be substituted or an acyl; at least one of R2 and R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, and the other represents a pyridyl which may be substituted; and X represents a sulfur atom which may be oxidized, an oxygen atom or a group of the formula: NR4 wherein R4 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted or an acyl; or a salt thereof, which may be N-oxidized [hereinafter sometimes referred to briefly as compound (la)], and a novel compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein Rla represents (i) an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted, (ii) an amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, (iii) a cyclic amino which may be substituted or (iv) an acyl;
R2a represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted; and
R3a represents a pyridyl which may be substituted, or a salt thereof [hereinafter sometimes referred to briefly as compound (lb)] being within a scope of compound (la). On the basis of these findings, the inventors have completed the present invention.
Specifically, the present invention relates to: (1) A pharmaceutical composition for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors which comprises compound ( I ) ;
(2) a composition of the above (1), wherein the 1,3- azole compound is compound (la);
(3) a composition of the above (2), wherein R1 is (i) a hydrogen atom,
(ii) a Cλ _8 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, C6_14 aryl or C7_16 aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents ,
(iii) a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents,
(iv) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of
(a) a Cλ _ 6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, C6_14 aryl or C7_16 aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents,
(b) a C^.g alkylidene group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents,
(c) a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents, and
(d) an acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-0R5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 wherein R5 is (i1) a hydrogen atom, (ii') a C1-6 alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, C6_14 aryl or C7_1g aralkyl group which may be substituted by
1 to 5 substituents or (iii') a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms, which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents; R° is a hydrogen atom or C-^.g alkyl; and R7 is (i' ) a C-^.g alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_g alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, Cg_14 aryl or C-.^g aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents or (ii') a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulf r and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents, (v) a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C^_g alkyl, Cg_14 aryl, C1-6 alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10- membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo, or (vi) an acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 wherein each symbol is as defined above; at least one of R2 and R3 is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents or (iii) a Cg_14 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents in which a substituent can form, together with a neighboring substituent, a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; and the other is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents; and X is a sulfur atom which may be oxidized, an oxygen atom or a group of the formula: NR4 wherein R4 is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a C1-6 alkyl, C _6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, Cg_14 aryl or C7_16 aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents or (iii) an acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5,
-(C=0)-OR5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 wherein each symbol is as defined above, wherein the above "substituents" are selected from the group consisting of (1) halogen atoms, (2) Cj_3 alkylenedioxy, (3) nitro, (4) cyano, (5) optionally halogenated C^.g alkyl, (6) optionally halogenated C2_g alkenyl, (7) carboxy C2_g alkenyl, (8) optionally halogenated C2_g alkynyl, (9) optionally halogenated c3-6 cycloalkyl, (10) Cg_14 aryl, (11) optionally halogenated _ Q alkoxy, (12) C^.g alkoxy-carbonyl-C-^.g alkoxy, (13) hydroxy, (14) Cg_14 aryloxy, (15) C7_16 aralkyloxy, ( 16) mercapto, (17) optionally halogenated C±_6 alkylthio, (18) C6_14 arylthio, (19) C7_16 aralkylthio, (20) amino, (21) mono-C^.g alkylamino, (22) mono-Cg_14 arylamino, (23) di-C-^.g alkylamino,
(24) di-Cg_ι arylamino, (25) formyl, (26) carboxy,
(27) C^g alkyl-carbonyl, (28) C3_g cycloalkyl-carbonyl,
(29) Cj_g alkoxy-carbonyl, (30) Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl,
(31) C7_16 aralkyl-carbonyl, (32) Cg_14 aryloxy- carbonyl, (33) C7_16 aralkyloxy-carbonyl, (34) 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbonyl, (35) carbamoyl, (36) mono-C-L.g alkyl-carbamoyl, (37) i-C-^g alkyl-carbamoyl,
(38) Cg_14 aryl-carbamoyl, (39) 5- or 6-membered heterocycle carbamoyl, (40) Cτ_g alkylsulfonyl, (41) c6-14 arylsulfonyl, (42) formylamino, (43) C^^.g alkyl- carbonylamino , (44) Cg_14 aryl-carbonylamino, (45) C^.g alkoxy-carbonylamino, (46) C^.g alkylsulfonylamino,
(47) Cg_14 arylsulfonylamino , (48) C1-6 alkyl- carbonyloxy, (49) Cg_1 aryl-carbonyloxy, (50) C-^.g alkoxy-carbonyloxy, (51) mono-C^^.g alkyl-carbamoyloxy, (52) di-C-j^g alkyl-carbamoyloxy, (53) Cg_14 aryl- carbamoyloxy, (54) nicotinoyloxy, (55) 5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C^.g alkyl, Cg_1 aryl, Cπ_g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10- membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo, (56) 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and (57) sulfo;
(4) a composition of the above (2), wherein R1 is an amino which may be substituted; (5) a composition of the above (3), wherein R~ is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5, - (C=0) -NR5R6 ,
-(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7;
(6) a composition of the above (3), wherein R-*- is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5 or - (C=0) -NR5R6;
(7) a composition of the above (3), wherein R1 is a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C^. alkyl, Cg_14 aryl, C-^_g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo;
(8) a composition of the above (2), wherein X is S;
(9) a composition of the above (2), wherein R2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted; (10) a composition of the above (2), wherein R3 is a c6-14 arY1 which may be substituted;
(11) a composition of the above (3), wherein R1 is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5 or - (C=0) -NR5R6;
R2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 C-^.g alkyl;
RJ s a Cg_ 4 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C^_g alkyl, optionally halogenated C^_g alkoxy and carboxy; and
X is S;
(12) a composition of the above (2), wherein R1 is (i) a C-L_Q alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl or Cg_14 aryl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated Cη.g alkyl, carboxy C2_g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C^.g alkoxy, C^.g alkoxy- carbonyl-C-L_g alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, mono-C1_g alkylamino, carboxy, C-^.g alkoxy-carbonyl, mono-C^.g alkyl-carbamoyl and Cg_14 aryl-carbonylamino,
(ii) a 5-membered heterocyclic group, (iii) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) Cλ _ 6 alkyl, (2) Cg_14 aryl, (3) C?_16 aralkyl, (4) 6- membered heterocyclic group, (5) a C^.g alkyl-carbonyl, c3-6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl, Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl, C7_16 aralkyl-carbonyl, C-^.g alkyl-carbamoyl or 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbonyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C^_g alkyl, Cη_g alkoxy, carboxy and Cη^.g alkoxy-carbonyl, and (6) di-
C"L_ alkylamino-C^.g alkylidene,
(iv) a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino which may be substituted by C^.g alkyl-carbonyl or oxo, or (v) carboxy;
R2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 C^_
6 alkyl;
R3 is a Cg_10 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C-L_3 alkylenedioxy, optionally halogenated C-^.g alkyl, carboxy C2_g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C^. alkoxy, hydroxy, C7_16 aralkyloxy and C^_g alkyl-carbonyloxy, in which the alkyl group can form, together with a neighboring alkyl group, a 5-membered non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; and X is S;
(13) an adenosine A3 receptor antagonist which comprises a 1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted;
(14) a composition of the above (1), which is for preventing and/or treating asthma or allergosis;
(15) compound (lb); (16) a compound of the above (15), wherein Rla is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C^.g alkyl, Cη.g alkyl-carbonyl, Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl and Cτ_g alkyl- carbamoyl ; R2a is a phenyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated Cη_g alkyl and optionally halogenated C-^.g alkoxy; and
R3a is a pyridyl;
(17) a process for producing of compound (lb), which comprises reacting a compound of the formula:
2a 3a
R -CH-COR I Hal wherein Hal represents halogen atoms and other symbols are as defined above, or a salt thereof with a compound of the formula:
R -C-NH
II 2 s wherein Rla is as defined above, or a salt thereof, optionally in the presence of a base;
(18) a pharmaceutical composition which comprises compound (lb);
(19) a composition of the above (18) which is an agent for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors;
(20) a composition of the above (18) which is for preventing and/or treating asthma or allergosis;
(21) a method for preventing and/or treating diseases related to adenosine A3 receptor in mammal, which comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of a compound of the above ( 1 ) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient , carrier or diluent ; and (22) use of a compound of the above (1) or a salt thereof for manufacturing a pharmaceutical composition for preventing and/or treating diseases related to adenosine A3 receptor, and so forth.
In this specification, the "acyl" includes, for example, an acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 wherein R5 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted; R6 represents a hydrogen atom or C^.g alkyl; and R7 represents a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted.
In the above formulae, the "hydrocarbon group" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5 includes, for example, an acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, aralkyl, etc. Among them, Cη.^g acyclic or cyclic hydrocarbon group is preferable.
The preferred "alkyl" is for example C-^g alkyl such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc. The preferred "alkenyl" is for example C2_g alkenyl such as vinyl, allyl, isopropenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyl, l-methyl-2- propenyl, 2-methyl- 1-propenyl, etc.
The preferred "alkynyl" is for example C2_g alkynyl such as ethynyl, propargyl, 1-butynyl, 2- butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, etc.
The preferred "cycloalkyl" is for example C3_g cycloalkyl such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.
The preferred "aryl" is for example Cg_^4 aryl such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl, 4-biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc. The preferred "aralkyl" is for example C7_16 aralkyl such as benzyl, phenethyl, diphenylmethyl , 1- naphthylmethyl , 2-naphthylmethyl, 2, 2-diphenylethyl, 3- phenylpropyl , 4-phenylbutyl, 5-phenylpentyl, etc.
Examples of the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5 include halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.),
Figure imgf000017_0001
alkylenedioxy (e.g., methylenedioxy, ethylenedioxy, etc.), nitro, cyano, optionally halogenated Cη^.g alkyl, optionally halogenated C2_g alkenyl, carboxy C2_g alkenyl (e.g., 2-carboxyethenyl, 2-carboxy-2- methylethenyl , etc.), optionally halogenated C2_6 alkynyl, optionally halogenated C3_g cycloalkyl, Cg_^4 aryl (e.g., phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2- biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl, 4-biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.), optionally halogenated C-L_8 alkoxy, C^.g alkoxycarbonyl-C^.g alkoxy (e.g., ethoxycarbonylmethyloxy, etc.), hydroxy, Cg_14 aryloxy (e.g., phenyloxy, 1- naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), C7_16 aralkyloxy (e.g., benzyloxy, phenethyloxy, etc.), mercapto, optionally halogenated C^_ alkylthio, C _^4 arylthio
(e.g., phenylthio, 1-naphthylthio, 2-naphthylthio, etc.), C7_16 aralkylthio (e.g., benzylthio, phenethylthio, etc.), amino, mono-C1_g alkylamino (e.g. methylamino, ethylamino, etc.), mono-Cg_14 arylamino
(e.g., phenylamino, 1-naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, etc.), di-C-^g alkylamino (e.g., dimethylamino , diethylamino , ethylmethylamino , etc.), di-Cg_14 arylamino (e.g., diphenylamino , etc.), formyl, carboxy, ci-6 alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.), c3-6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl , cyclopentylcarbonyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, etc.), C^.g alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g. , methoxycarbonyl , ethoxycarbonyl , propoxycarbonyl , tert-butoxycarbonyl, etc.), Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl (e.g., benzoyl, 1-naphthoyl, 2-naphthoyl, etc.), C7_ιg aralkyl-carbonyl (e.g., phenylacetyl , 3- phenylpropionyl , etc.), C64 aryloxy-carbonyl (e.g.. phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), C-y.^g aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, phenethyloxycarbonyl , etc.), 5- or 6-membered heterocycle carbonyl (e.g., nicotinoyl, isonicotinoyl, thenoyl, furoyl, morpholinocarbonyl , thiomorpholinocarbonyl , piperazin-1-ylcarbonyl, pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, etc.), carbamoyl, mono-C^g alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g. , methylcarbamoyl , ethylcarbamoyl , etc.), di-C^.g alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl , ethylmethylcarbamoyl , etc.), C6_14 aryl-carbamoyl (e.g., phenylcarbamoyl , 1- naphthylcarbamoyl , 2-naphthylcarbamoyl, etc.), 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbamoyl (e.g., 2- pyridylcarbamoyl , 3-pyridylcarbamoyl, 4- pyridylcarbamoyl , 2-thienylcarbamoyl, 3- thienylcarbamoyl , etc.), C^.g alkylsulfonyl (e.g., methylsulfonyl , ethylsulfonyl , etc.), Cg_14 arylsulfonyl (e.g., phenylsulfonyl, 1-naphthylsulfonyl, 2-naphthylsulfonyl, etc.), formylamino, C1-6 alkyl- carbonylamino (e.g., acetylamino, etc.), Cg_14 aryl- carbonylamino (e.g., benzoylamino, naphthoylamino , etc.), CL_g alkoxy-carbonylamino (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino , ethoxycarbonylamino , propoxycarbonylamino , butoxycarbonylamino , etc.), C^.g alkylsulfonylamino (e.g., methylsulfonylamino , ethylsulfonylamino, etc.), Cg_14 arylsulfonylamino
(e.g., phenylsulfonylamino , 2-naphthylsulfonylamino, 1- naphthylsulfonylamino , etc.), C^_6 alkyl-carbonyloxy
(e.g., acetoxy, propionyloxy, etc.), Cg_14 aryl- carbonyloxy (e.g., benzoyloxy, naphthylcarbonyloxy, etc.), C-L_g alkoxy-carbonyloxy (e.g., methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, propoxycarbonyloxy, butoxycarbonyloxy, etc.), mono-C-^.g alkyl-carbamoyloxy (e.g., methylcarbamoyloxy. ethylcarbamoyloxy, etc.), di-C-^_g alkyl-carbamoyloxy
(e.g., dimethylcarbamoyloxy, diethylcarbamoyloxy, etc.), Cg_14 aryl-carbamoyloxy (e.g., phenylcarbamoyloxy, naphthylcarbamoyloxy, etc.), nicotinoyloxy, 5- to 7- membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5- quinolyl, 8-quinolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 3-isoquinolyl, 4- isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 1-indolyl, 2-indolyl, 3- indolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2-benzo[b] thienyl, 3- benzo[b]thienyl, 2-benzo[b]furanyl, 3-benzo[b]furanyl, etc.), sulfo, and so forth.
The "hydrocarbon group" may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions of the hydrocarbon group and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another. The above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C^.g alkyl" includes, for example, C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.). Concretely mentioned is methyl, chloromethyl , difluoromethyl , trichloromethyl , trifluoromethyl, ethyl, 2-bromoethyl, 2,2,2- trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, propyl, 3,3,3- trifluoropropyl, isopropyl, butyl, 4 , 4 , 4-trifluorobutyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, 5, 5, 5-trifluoropentyl, hexyl, 6,6,6- trifluorohexyl, etc.
The above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C2_6 alkenyl" includes, for example, C2_6 alkenyl (e.g., vinyl, propenyl, isopropenyl, 2-buten-l-yl, 4-penten-l- yl, 5-hexen-l-yl, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo , iodo , etc . ) .
The above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C2_g alkynyl" includes, for example, C2_g alkynyl (e.g., 2- butyn-1-yl, 4-pentyn-l-yl, 5-hexyn-l-yl, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.).
The above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C3_6 cycloalkyl" includes, for example, C3_ cycloalkyl
(e.g. , cyclopropyl , cyclobutyl , cyclopentyl , cyclohexyl , etc . ) which may have 1 to 5 , preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.). Concretely mentioned is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4 , 4-dichlorocyclohexyl,
2,2, 3, 3-tetrafluorocyclopentyl, 4-chlorocyclohexyl, etc. The above-mentioned "optionally halogenated C-L_8 alkoxy" includes, for example, C1-8 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.). Concretely mentioned is methoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, ethoxy, 2,2, 2-trifluoroethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, 4, 4, 4-trifluorobutoxy, isobutoxy, sec-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, etc.
The above-mentioned "optionally halogenated Cη.g alkylthio" includes, for example, C^.g alkylthio (e.g., methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, sec-butylthio, tert-butylthio, etc.) which may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.). Concretely mentioned is methylthio, difluoromethylthio, trifluoromethylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, butylthio, 4 , 4 , 4-trifluorobutylthio. pentylthio, hexylthio, etc.
The above-mentioned "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino" of the "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted" includes, for example, 5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, such as pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidino, piperazin-1-yl, morpholino, thiomorpholino , tetrahydroazepin-1-yl, etc.
The "substituents" of the "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted" include, for example, 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C-^.g alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert- butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.), C6_14 aryl (e.g., phenyl,
1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2-biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl, 4- biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc.), Cπ_6 alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.), and 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group (e.g., 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 8-quinolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 3- isoquinolyl, 4-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 1-indolyl, 2-indolyl, 3-indolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2- benzo[b]thienyl, 3-benzo[b] thienyl, 2-benzo[b]furanyl, 3-benzo[b]furanyl, etc.), oxo, and so forth.
The "heterocyclic group" of the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R5 includes, for example, a monovalent group formed by removing an optional hydrogen atom from a 5- to 14-membered
(monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic) heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms of 1 or 2 species selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms, preferably, (i) a 5- to 14-membered, preferably, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring, (ii) a 5- to 10-membered non-aromatic heterocyclic ring and (iii) a 7- to 10-membered bridged heterocyclic ring, etc.
The above-mentioned "5- to 14-membered, preferably 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring" includes, for example, an aromatic heterocyclic ring such as thiophene, benzofb] thiophene, benzo[b]furan, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphtho[2, 3-b] thiophene, furan, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indole, isoindole, IH-indazole, purine, 4H-quinolidine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, carbazole, β-carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenazine, thiazole, isothiazole, phenothiazine, isoxazole, furazan, phenoxazine, etc.; and a ring as formed through condensation of those rings, preferably a monocyclic ring, with one or more, preferably one or two aromatic rings (e.g., benzene ring, etc.), etc.
The above-mentioned "5- to 10-membered non- aromatic heterocyclic ring" includes, for example, pyrrolidine, imidazoline, pyrazolidine, pyrazoline, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, dioxazole, oxadiazoline, oxathiazole, thiadiazoline, triazoline, thiadiazole, dithiazole, etc.
The above-mentioned "7- to 10-membered bridged heterocyclic ring" includes, for example, quinuclidine , 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, etc. Preferable examples of the "heterocyclic group" include, for example, a 5- to 14-membered (preferably 5- to 10-membered) (monocyclic or bicyclic) heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms of 1 or 2 species selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms. Concretely mentioned are an aromatic heterocyclic group such as 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2- furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2- quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 8- quinolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 3-isoquinolyl, 4-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 3-isothiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 1-indolyl, 2-indolyl, 3-indolyl, 2- benzothiazolyl, 2-benzo[b] thienyl, 3-benzo[b] thienyl, 2-benzo[b]furanyl, 3-benzo[b]furanyl, etc; and a non- aromatic heterocyclic group such as 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2- pyrrolidinyl , 3-pyrrolidinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 4- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolidinyl, 3-pyrazolidinyl, 4- pyrazolidinyl, piperidino, 2-piperidyl, 3-piperidyl, 4- piperidyl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino , etc.
Among these groups, a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms . Concretely mentioned are 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2- pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 3- isothiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 1-pyrrolidinyl, 2- pyrrolidinyl , 3-pyrrolidinyl, 2-imidazolinyl, 4- imidazolinyl, 2-pyrazolidinyl, 3-pyrazolidinyl, 4- pyrazolidinyl , piperidino, 2-piperidyl, 3-piperidyl, 4- piperidyl, 1-piperazinyl, 2-piperazinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, etc.
The "substituents" of the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" are the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the
"hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5.
The "heterocyclic group" may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions of the heterocyclic group and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
The "Cι_ alkyl" for R6 includes, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec- butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, etc.
The "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R7 include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R5 above, respectively. The "1,3-azole compound" of the "1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted" in the above compound (I) includes, for example, 1, 3-thiazole, 1,3- oxazole, 1 , 3-imidazole, and so forth.
The "substituents" of the "pyridyl which may be substituted" in the "1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted" are, for example, the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the
"hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R .
The "pyridyl" may have 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions thereof and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another. The ring-constituting nitrogen atom in the "pyridyl" may be oxidized (N- oxidized) .
The above-mentioned "1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted" may further have 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3 substituents. When the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another. Such "substituents" include, for example, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, amino which may be substituted, acyl, and so forth.
The above-mentioned "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" includes, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R^ above, respectively. The above-mentioned "amino which may be substituted" includes, for example, (1) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents and (2) a cyclic amino which may be substituted.
The "substituents" of the above (1) "amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents" include, for example, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, acyl, alkylidene which may be substituted, and so forth. The "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted", include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R5 above, respectively.
The above-mentioned "alkylidene" of the "alkylidene which may be substituted" include, for example, C^_ alkylidene such as methylidene, ethylidene, propylidene, etc. The "substituents" of the "alkylidene which may be substituted" includes, for example, the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5. The number of such substituent is 1 to 5 , preferably 1 to 3.
When the number of substituents of the above "amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents" is two, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
The "cyclic amino" of the above-mentioned (2) "cyclic amino which may be substituted" includes, for example, 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, such as pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidino, piperazin-1-yl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, tetrahydroazepin-1-yl, imidazolidin-1-yl, 2,3-dihydro- lH-imidazol-1-yl, tetrahydro-l(2H) -pyrimidinyl, 3,6- dihydro-1 ( 2H) -pyrimidinyl , 3,4-dihydro-1 ( 2H) - pyrimidinyl, etc. The "substituents" of the "cyclic amino which may be substituted" include, for example, 1 to 3 of the "substituents" of the "5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted" described in detail in the foregoing referring to the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5. Examples of the 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino substituted by an oxo are 2- oxoimidazolidin-1-yl, 2-oxo-2 , 3-dihydro-lH-imidazol-l- yl, 2-oxotetrahydro-l(2H) -pyrimidinyl, 2-oxo-3, 6- dihydro- 1 ( 2H) -pyrimidinyl , 2-oxo-3 , 4-dihydro- 1 ( 2H) - pyrimidinyl, etc.
Preferable example of compound ( I ) is compound (la).
The ring-constituting nitrogen atom in the 1,3- azole in compound (la) may be oxidized (N-oxidized). The "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" , the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" and the "amino which may be substituted" for R1, include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" , the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" and the "amino which may be substituted" which the above compound (I) may have, respectively. R1 is preferably an amino which may be substituted. More preferred is an amino which may be substituted by
1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5,
-(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 (more preferably, -(C=0)-R5 or -(C=0)-NR5R6) wherein each symbol is as defined above . Among others , especially preferred is a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C^_g alkyl, C _^4 aryl, C^^.g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo. The "pyridyl which may be substituted" for R2 or
R3 includes, for example, the "pyridyl which may be substituted" which the above compound ( I ) has .
The "aromatic hydrocarbon group" of the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R2 or R3 includes, for example, a Cg_14 monocyclic or fused polycyclic (e.g., bi- or tri-cyclic) aromatic hydrocarbon group, etc. Concretely mentioned is Cg_14 aryl such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 2- biphenylyl, 3-biphenylyl, 4-biphenylyl, 2-anthryl, etc. The "substituents" of the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" include, for example, the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5. The number of such substituent is 1 to 5 , preferably 1 to 3. When the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another. The two substituents (preferably alkyl groups) can form. together with a neighboring substituent, a 4- to 7- membered (preferably, 5-membered) non-aromatic carbocyclic ring.
It is preferred case that at least one of R2 and R3 is a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, and the other is a pyridyl which may be substituted.
R2 is preferably a pyridyl which may be substituted. R3 is preferably a Cg_14 (preferably Cg_10) aryl which may be substituted.
The "sulfur atom which may be oxidized" for X includes S, SO and S02.
The "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R4 includes, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5 above.
X is preferably a sulfur atom which may be oxidized. More preferred is S.
In compound (la), preferred is a compound wherein R1 is an amino which may be substituted, preferably a monoacylamino; at least one of R2 and R3 is a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, and the other is a pyridyl which may be substituted; and X is S.
More preferred is a compound wherein
R1 is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5 or -(C=0)-NR5R6 wherein each symbol is as defined above;
R2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 C^_ alkyl;
R3 is a C6_14 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C^.g alkyl, optionally halogenated Cτ_g alkoxy and carboxy; and
X is S. Another preferred example is a compound, wherein
R1 is (i) a CT.Q alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl or Cg_14 aryl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C-^g alkyl, carboxy C2_g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C^.g alkoxy, C-^_g alkoxycarbonyl-C1_6 alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, mono-C^.g alkylamino, carboxy, C-^.g alkoxy-carbonyl, mono-C^_g alkyl-carbamoyl and Cg_14 aryl-carbonylamino,
(ii) a 5-membered heterocyclic group, (iii) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) C± _ 6 alkyl, (2) Cg_14 aryl, (3) C7_16 aralkyl, (4) 6- membered heterocyclic group, (5) a Cη.g alkyl-carbonyl, c3-6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl, Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl, C-y.^g aralkyl-carbonyl, C^.g alkyl-carbamoyl or 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbonyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, carboxy and C^_g alkoxy-carbonyl, and (6) di- ci-6 alkylamino-C^_g alkylidene,
(iv) a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino which may be substituted by C^_g alkyl-carbonyl or oxo, or
(v) carboxy;
R- is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 C^. g alkyl;
R3 is a C6_10 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C1-3 alkylenedioxy, optionally halogenated C1-6 alkyl, carboxy C2_g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C-^.g alkoxy, hydroxy, C7_16 aralkyloxy and C-^.g alkyl-carbonyloxy, and the alkyl group can form, together with the neighboring alkyl group, a 5-membered non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; and X is S.
More preferred examples of compound (la) are
N- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -5- 3-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]acetamide,
N- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -5- 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]acetamide,
N- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -5- 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]propionamide ,
N- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -5- 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2-yl]
2-methylpropionamide ,
N- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -5- 4-pyridyl ) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]butyramide ,
N- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -5- 4-pyridyl) -1, 3-thiazol-2- yl]benzamide,
N- [4- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5- 4-pyridyl) -1,3-thiazol-2- yl]nicotinamide ,
N- [4- (4-methoxyphenyl) -5- 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2-yl]
N1 -ethylurea,
N- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -5- 4-pyridyl ) -1 , 3-thiazol-2-yl ]
N ' -propylurea,
4- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl) -5- ( 4- pyridyl) -1, 3-thiazole,
4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 2-oxo-2 , 3-dihydro-lH-imidazol-l- yl) -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazole,
4-(4-methoxyphenyl) -2- [2-oxotetrahydro-l(2H) - pyrimidinyl) -5- (4-pyridyl) -1, 3-thiazole,
4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 2-oxopyrrolidin- 1-yl ) - 5- ( 4- pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazole,
N- [ 4- ( 4-ethylphenyl ) - 5- ( 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] acetamide ,
N- [ 4- ( 4-ethylphenyl ) -5- ( 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl ]propionamide ,
N-[4-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -5- ι ( 3-pyridyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl] acetamide,
N- [ 4- [ 4- ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -5• (4-pyridyl)-l,3- thiazol-2-yl] acetamide ,
N- [ 4- [4- ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl]propionamide , N- [ 4- [ 4- ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -5- (ι 4-pyridyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl] -2-methylpropionamide ,
N-[4-[4-(l,l- imethylethyl )phenyl ] -5- ι(4-pyridyl)-l,3- thiazol-2-yl ] butyramide ,
N-[4-[4-(l,l- imethylethyl)phenyl ] -5- ι( 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl]benzamide,
N-[4-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl)phenyl ] (4-pyridyl)-l,3- thiazol-2-yl ]nicotinamide ,
N-[4-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl)phenyl] ( 4-pyridyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl] -N' -ethylurea, N-[4-[4-(l,l- imethylethyl)phenyl ] -5- ι(4-pyridyl)-l,3- thiazol-2-yl] -N' -propylurea,
4- [4- ( 1, 1- imethylethyl)phenyl] -2- ( 2-oxoimidazolidin-l- yl) -5- (4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazole,
4- [ 4- ( 1 , 1- imethylethyl)phenyl] -2- ( 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro- lH-imidazol-1-yl) -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazole,
4- [4- ( 1, 1- imethylethyl)phenyl] -2- [ 2-oxotetrahydro-
1(2H)-pyrimidinyl] -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazole,
4- [ 4- ( 1 , 1- imethylethyl)phenyl ] -2- ( 2-oxopyrrolidin- 1- yl) -5- (4-pyridyl) -1,3-thiazole, N-[4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl ) -5- ( 3-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] acetamide,
N- [ 4- ( 3 , 5- imethylphenyl) - 5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] acetamide,
N- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) -5- ( 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]propionamide ,
N- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) -5- ( 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] -2-methylpropionamide ,
N- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]butyramide ,
N- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]benzamide,
N- [4- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -5- (4-pyridyl)- 1,3-thiazol-2- yl]nicotinamide ,
N- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) -5- ( 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] -N' -ethylurea, N- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl ] -N ' -propylurea,
4- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 2-oxoimidazolidin-l-yl) -5- (4- pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazole ,
4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-1H- imidazol-1-yl) -5- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazole,
4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -2- [ 2-oxotetrahydro-1 ( 2H) - pyrimidinyl] -5- ( 4-pyridyl) - 1 , 3-thiazole ,
4- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 2-oxopyrrolidin-l-yl) -5- (4- pyridyl) - 1 , 3-thiazole , N-[5-(4-pyridyl ) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl ) - 1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl] acetamide ,
N- [5- (4-pyridyl) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl]propionamide ,
N- [5- (4-pyridyl) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl] -2-methylpropionamide,
N- [5- (4-pyridyl) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl ]benzamide ,
N- [ 5- ( 4-pyridyl) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl]nicotinamide , N-[5-(4-pyridyl ) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl ) - 1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl] -N' -ethylurea,
N- [5- ( 4-pyridyl) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl ] -N1 -propylurea, salts thereof, and so forth.
In compound (la), compound (lb) is novel compound. The "aromatic heterocyclic group" of the "aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R -a includes , for example , a monovalent group formed by removing an optional hydrogen atom from a 5- to 14- membered preferably 5- to 10-membered (monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic) aromatic heterocyclic ring containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms of 1 or 2 species selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , etc . Concretely mentioned are a monovalent group formed by removing an optional hydrogen atom from an aromatic heterocyclic ring such as thiophene, benzo[b] thiophene, benzo[b] furan, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzisothiazole, naphthof 2 , 3-b] thiophene, furan, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indole, IH-indazole, purine, 4H-quinolidine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthyridine , quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, carbazole, β-carboline, phenanthridine , acridine, phenazine, isothiazole, phenothiazine, isoxazole, furazan, phenoxazine, etc.; and a ring as formed through condensation of those rings , preferably a monocyclic ring, with one or more, preferably one or two aromatic rings (e.g., benzene ring, etc.), etc. The preferred example of the "aromatic heterocyclic group" is a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic group which may be fused with one benzene ring. Concretely mentioned are 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2- quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 4-quinolyl, 5-quinolyl, 8- quinolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 3-isoquinolyl, 4-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 3-isothiazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 1-indolyl, 2-indolyl, 3-indolyl, 2- benzothiazolyl, 2-benzo[b] thienyl, 3-benzo[b] thienyl, 2-benzo[b]furanyl, 3-benzo[b]furanyl, etc. More preferred are 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3- pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-quinolyl, 3-quinolyl, 1- isoquinolyl, 1-indolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, etc.
The "substituents" of the "aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted" and their number are the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5.
The "amino" of the "amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for Rla includes an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted. When the number of substituents is two, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
The "substituted carbonyl" of the "amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" includes, for example, a group of the formula: -(C=0)-R5a,
-(C=0)-OR5 or -(C=0)-NR5 R6a wherein R5a represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted or a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, and R6a represents a hydrogen atom or a C1_6 alkyl.
The "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R5a include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" and the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" for R5 above, respectively.
The "C^.g alkyl" for R6a includes, for example. the "C1_6 alkyl" for R6 above. The examples of the "substituted carbonyl" are formyl, carboxy, C-^g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.), C3_g cycloalkyl-carbonyl (e.g., cyclopropylcarbonyl , cyclopentylcarbonyl , cyclohexylcarbonyl , etc.), C-^.g alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, tert- butoxycarbonyl , etc.), Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl (e.g., benzoyl, 1-naphthoyl, 2-naphthoyl, etc.), C7_16 aralkyl-carbonyl (e.g., phenylacetyl , 3-phenylpropionyl, etc.), Cg_14 aryloxy-carbonyl (e.g., phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), C7_16 aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, phenethyloxycarbonyl , etc.), 5- or 6-membered heterocycle carbonyl (e.g., nicotinoyl, isonicotinoyl, thenoyl, furoyl, morpholinocarbonyl , thiomorpholinocarbonyl , piperazin-1-ylcarbonyl, pyrrolidin-1-ylcarbonyl, etc.), carbamoyl, mono-C]__g alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g. , methylcarbamoyl , ethylcarbamoyl , etc.), di-C^.g alkyl-carbamoyl (e.g., dimethylcarbamoyl, diethylcarbamoyl , ethylmethylcarbamoyl , etc.), C6_14 aryl-carbamoyl (e.g., phenylcarbamoyl , 1- naphthylcarbamoyl , 2-naphthylcarbamoyl, etc.), 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbamoyl (e.g., 2- pyridylcarbamoyl , 3-pyridylcarbamoyl , 4- pyridylcarbamoyl , 2-thienylcarbamoyl, 3- thienylcarbamoyl , etc.), etc.
The "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" of the "amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for Rla includes, for example, the
"hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5. The "cyclic amino which may be substituted" for
Rla includes, for example, the "cyclic amino which may be substituted" described in the "amino which may be substituted" for R- .
Rl is preferably an amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted.
The "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R2a includes, for example, the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R2 or R3 above. The "pyridyl which may be substituted" for R3a includes, for example, the "pyridyl which may be substituted" which the above compound (I) has.
Preferred example of compound ( lb ) is a compound wherein Rla is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C^.g alkyl, C-^.g alky1-carbonyl , Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl and C^. g alkyl-carbamoyl ;
R2a is a phenyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C^.g alkyl and optionally halogenated C^g alkoxy; and
R3a is a pyridyl.
The examples of compound (lb) are N-methyl[5-phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl) -1, 3-thiazol-2-yl] amine,
[5-phenyl-4- ( 3-pyridyl) thiazol-2-yl] amine,
N- [ 5-phenyl-4- ( 3-pyridyl) thiazol-2-yl]acetoamide,
N-[5-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -4- ( 4-pyridyl) - 1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl] acetamide , N-[5-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl ) phenyl ] -4- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl]propionamide ,
N-[5-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl)phenyl]-4-(4-ρyridyl)-l,3- thiazol-2-yl ]nicotinamide , N- [ 5- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -4- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]acetamide,
N- [ 5- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -4- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]propionamide,
N- [ 5- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -4- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl]nicotinamide, salts thereof, and so forth.
A novel compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein RlD represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an amino which may be substituted or an acyl;
R 2b represents a N-oxidized pyridyl which may be substituted; and
R3b represents a hydrogen atom, a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted; or a salt thereof, [hereinafter sometimes referred to briefly as compound (lc)] is also within a scope of compound (la).
The "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" , the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted" , the "amino which may be substituted" and the "acyl" for
RlD include, for example, the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" , the "heterocyclic group which may be substituted", the "amino which may be substituted" and the "acyl" for R1 above, respectively.
RlD is preferably an amino which may be substituted. More preferred is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -
(C=0)-OR5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 (more preferably, -(C=0)-R5 or - (C=0) -NR5R6) wherein each symbol is as defined above.
The "substituents" of the "N-oxidized pyridyl which may be substituted" are the same as those mentioned above for the "substituents" of the "hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R5 above. The "N-oxidized pyridyl" may have 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3 substituents as mentioned above at possible positions of the pyridyl and, when the number of substituents is two or more, those substituents may be the same as or different from one another.
The "pyridyl which may be substituted" and the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R3t> include, for example, the "pyridyl which may be substituted" and the "aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted" for R3 above, respectively.
R3D is preferably a C6_14 (preferably Cg_10) aryl which may be substituted.
Preferred example of compound (lc) is a compound wherein Rlb is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5 or -(C=0)-NR5R6 wherein each symbol is as defined above;
R2b is a N-oxidized pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 C^g alkyl; and R3b is a Cg_10 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C^_ alkyl, optionally halogenated C-^.g alkoxy and carboxy.
The examples of compound (lc) are 3- [ 2-acetylamino-4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [2-acetylamino-4- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide. 4- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -2-propionylamino-1,3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 2-methylpropionyl) amino-1,3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide, 4- [ 2-butyrylamino-4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 2-benzoylamino-4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl] yridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -2-nicotinoylamino-1,3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 2- (N ' -ethylureido ) -4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -1 , 3-thiazol-
5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 4- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2-(N' -propylureido) -1 , 3-thiazol-
5-yl] yridine 1-oxide, 4- [ 2-acetylamino-4- ( 4-ethylphenyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [4- (4-ethylphenyl) -2-propionylamino-1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
3- [2-acetylamino-4- [4-(l, 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -1,3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [2-acetylamino-4- [4- (1, 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -1,3- thiazol- 5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4-[4-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl)phenyl ] -2-propionylamino-
1,3-thiazol-5-yl] yridine 1-oxide , 4-[4-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl)phenyl]-2-(2- methylpropionyl ) amino- 1 , 3-thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [2-butyrylamino-4- [4-(l, 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -1,3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [2-benzoylamino-4- [4- (1, 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -1,3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [4- [4- ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -2-nicotinoylamino-
1,3-thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide ,
4-[4-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -2- (N ' -ethylureido ) -
1,3-thiazol-5-yl ]pyridine 1-oxide , 4-[4-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -2- (N ' -propylureido) -
1, 3-thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide, 3- [ 2-acetylamino-4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [2-acetylamino-4- (3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -1, 3-thiazol-5- yl] pyridine 1-oxide, 4- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl) -2-propionylamino- 1 , 3-thiazol-
5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) -2- ( 2-methylpropionyl)amino-
1,3-thiazol-5-yl ]pyridine 1-oxide ,
4- [ 2-butyrylamino-4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-5- yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 2-benzoylamino-4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) -1 , 3-thiazol-5- y1] pyridine 1-oxide ,
4- [4- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -2-nicotinoylamino-1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide, 4-[4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-2-(N' -ethylureido) -1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 4- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) -2- (N ' -propylureido ) -1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 2-acetylamino-4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl ) - 1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 2-propionylamino-4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) - 1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [2- (2-methylpropionyl) amino-4- (4- trifluoromethylphenyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-5-yl ]pyridine 1- oxide,
4- [ 2-butyrylamino-4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl ) -1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 2-benzoylamino-4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl ) - 1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide, 4- [ 2-nicotionylamino-4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) - 1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl] pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [ 2- (N ' -ethylureido ) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl ) - 1 , 3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide,
4- [2-(N* -propylureido) -4- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl) -1,3- thiazol-5-yl]pyridine 1-oxide, and so forth. Salts of compound (I), compound (la), compound (lb) or compound (lc) include, for example, metal salts, ammonium salts, salts with organic bases, salts with inorganic acids, salts with organic acids, salts with basic or acidic amino acids, etc. Preferred examples of metal salts include alkali metal salts such as sodium salts, potassium salts; alkaline earth metal salts such as calcium salts, magnesium salts, barium salts; aluminium salts, etc. Preferred examples of salts with organic bases include salts with trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, 2,6- lutidine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine , triethanolamine, cyclohexylamine, dicyclohexylamine, N,N'- dibenzylethylenediamine, etc. Preferred examples of salts with inorganic acids include hydrochlorides , hydrobromides , nitrates, sulfates, phosphates, etc. Preferred examples of salts with organic acids include formates , acetates , trifluoroacetates , fumarates , oxalates , tartrates, maleates, citrates, succinates, malates, methanesulfonates , benzenesulfonates, p- toluenesulfonates, etc. Preferred examples of salts with basic amino acids include salts with arginine, lysine, ornithine, etc. Preferred examples of salts with acidic amino acids include aspartates , glutamates , etc.
Among others , more preferred are pharmaceutically acceptable salts. For example, for the compound having an acidic functional group in the molecule, mentioned are their inorganic salts , such as alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium salts, potassium salts, etc.), and alkaline earth metal salts (e.g., calcium salts, magnesium salts, barium salts, etc.), ammonium salts, etc.; and for the compound having a basic functional group in the molecule, mentioned are their inorganic salts such as hydrobromides, nitrates, sulfates, phosphates, etc., and organic salts such as acetates. maleates , fumarates , succinates , citrates , tartrates , methanesulfonates, p-toluenesulfonates, etc.
Process for producing compound (I) (including compounds (la), (lb) and (lc)) is mentioned below.
Compound ( I ) can be produced in any per se known manner, for example, according to the methods of the following processes 1 to 3 or analogous methods thereto as well as the methods disclosed in WO 95/13067 or analogous methods thereto in case that compound (I) is 1,3-oxazole compounds, the methods disclosed in USP 3,940,486, WO 88/01169, WO 93/14081, WO 95/02591, WO 97/12876 or analogous methods thereto in case that compound (I) is 1, 3-imidazole compounds, and the methods disclosed in JP-A-60-58981, JP-A-61-10580 , JP- A-7-503023, WO 93/15071, DE-A-3601411 , JP-A-5-70446 or analogous methods thereto in case that compound ( I ) is 1,3-thiazole.
Each symbol in the compounds in the following processes 1 to 3 is same as defined above. The compounds described in the following processes include their salts. For their salts, for example, referred to are the same as the salts of compound (I).
Process 1
3 8
R COR
Figure imgf000043_0001
R2-C 1H-COR3
Hal
(IX)
Figure imgf000043_0002
( la )
Compounds (II), (III), (V), (VII), (XI), (XIII) and (XIV) may be purchased from commercial sources if they are available on the market or can be produced in any per se known manner.
Compound (IV) is produced by subjecting compound (II) to condensation with compound (III) in the presence of a base. In compound (III), R8 represents, for example, (i) ~ι_β alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, etc.), (ii) di-C-^g alkylamino (e.g. , dimethylamino, diethylamino , etc . ) , (iii) N-C6_10 aryl-N-C-L_g alkylamino (e.g., N-phenyl-N- methylamino, etc.), (iv) 3- to 7-membered cyclic amino (e.g., pyrrolidino, morpholino, methylaziridin-1-yl, etc.) which may be substituted by
Figure imgf000043_0003
g alkyl, etc. The amount of compound (III) to be used is 0.5 to 3.0 mols or so, preferably 0.8 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (II).
The amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (II).
The "base" includes, for example, basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, etc. ; inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine , cyclohexyldimethylamine , 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N,N- dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N- methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, etc.; alkali metal hydrides such as sodium hydride, potassium hydride , etc. ; metal amides such as sodium amide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, etc.; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, etc.
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent . There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, ethers, amides, alcohols, water, and mixtures of those solvents.
The reaction temperature is generally -5 to 200 °C or so, preferably 5 to 150 °C or so. The reaction time is generally about 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours.
The product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Compound (VIII) is produced by treating compound (IV) with an acid.
The amount of the acid to be used is 1.0 to 100 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 30 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (IV).
The "acids" include, for example, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc.
This reaction is advantageously carried out in an inert solvent. There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are water, mixtures of water and amides , mixtures of water and alcohols, etc.
The reaction temperature is generally 20 to 200 ° C or so, preferably 60 to 150 °C or so. The reaction time is generally about 30 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 1 to 30 hours.
The product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Compound (VIII) is also produced by treating compound (V) with a base followed by subjecting the resultant compound (VI) to condensation with compound (VII).
In compound (VI), M represents, for example, an alkali metal such as lithium, sodium, potassium, etc.
In compound (VII), R9 represents, for example. same as those mentioned above for R° .
The amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (V) . The "base" includes, for example, metal amides such as sodium amide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, etc.
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent . There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons, ethers, and mixtures of those solvents.
The reaction temperature is generally -78 to 60 °C or so, preferably -78 to 20 CC or so. The reaction time is generally about 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 3 hours .
The product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Compound (IX) is produced by treating compound (VIII) with a halogen. If desired, this reaction is carried out in the presence of a base or a basic salt. The amount of the halogen to be used is 1.0 to 5.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (VIII).
The "halogen" includes, for example, bromine, chlorine, iodine, etc.
The amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 10.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (VIII). The "base" includes, for example, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine , tributylamine , cyclohexyldimethylamine , 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N,N- dimethylaniline , N-methylpiperidine, N- methylpyrrolidine , N-methylmorpholine, etc.
The amount of the basic salt to be used is 1.0 to 10.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (VIII). The "basic salt" includes, for example, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate , sodium acetate, potassium acetate, etc.
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent. There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are ethers , aromatic hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , amides , halogenated hydrocarbons , nitriles, sulfoxides , organic acids, aromatic amines and mixtures of those solvents.
The reaction temperature is -20 to 150 ° C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so. The reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably about 10 minutes to 5 hours.
The product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Compound (la) is produced by subjecting compound (IX) to condensation with compound (X). If desired. this reaction is carried out in the presence of a base or a basic salt.
In compound (IX), Hal represents halogens. Compound (X) may be purchased from commercial sources if they are available on the market or can be produced according to any per se known methods or analogous methods thereto as well as the methods disclosed in the following process 2.
The amount of compound (X) to be used is 0.5 to 3.0 mols or so, preferably 0.8 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (IX).
The amount of the base to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (IX). The "base" includes, for example, basic salts such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate , etc.; aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine , tributylamine , cyclohexyldimethylamine , 4- dimethylaminopyridine , N,N-dimethylaniline, N- methylpiperidine , N-methylpyrrolidine, N- methylmorpholine , etc .
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent. There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , ethers , amides , alcohols, nitriles and mixtures of those solvents.
The reaction temperature is -5 to 200 °C or so, preferably 5 to 150 °C or so. The reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours. The product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Process 2
R1XH 10 II 11
R10CONCS R CONH-C-R
(XI) (XII)
Hydrolysis
Figure imgf000049_0001
RXCONH2 R -C-NH (XIV) P4S10 or (X)
Lawesson reagent
Compound (XII) is produced by subjecting compound (XI) to condensation with an amine of the formula: R-^H. R11 represents the "amine which may be substituted" for R1 above.
In compound (XI), R ,10 represents an alkoxy. The "alkoxy" includes, for example, a C^.g alkoxy such as methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, etc.
The amount of the "amine" to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XI).
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent . There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , ethers , amides , alcohols, nitriles, ketones and mixtures of those solvents.
The reaction temperature is -5 to 200 °C or so, preferably 5 to 120 °C or so. The reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours.
The product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Compound (X) is produced by subjecting compound (XII) to hydrolysis using an acid or a base.
The amount of the "acid" or "base" to be used is 0.1 to 50 mols or so, preferably 1 to 20 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XII), respectively. The "acid" includes, for example, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, etc; Lewis acids such as boron trichloride, boron tribromide, etc; thiols or sulfides in combination with Lewis acids; organic acids such as trifluoroacetic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, etc.
The "base" includes, for example, metal hydroxides such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, barium hydroxide, etc.; metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, etc; organic bases such as triethylamine, imidazole, formamidine, etc .
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent . There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are alcohols, ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons, halogenated hydrocarbons, sulfoxides , water and mixtures of those solvents .
The reaction time is generally 10 minutes to 50 hours, preferably about 30 minutes to 12 hours. The reaction temperature is 0 to 200 βC or so, preferably 20 to 120 ° C or so.
Compound (X) is also produced by treating compound (XIII) with a hydrogen sulfide in the presence of a base.
The amount of the hydrogen sulfide to be used is 1 to 30 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound
(XIII) . The amount of the "base" to be used is 1.0 to 30 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 10 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XIII).
The "base" includes, for example, aromatic amines such as pyridine, lutidine, etc.; tertiary amines such as triethylamine, tripropylamine , tributylamine, cyclohexyldimethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, N,N- dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N- methylpyrrolidine , N-methylmorpholine, etc.
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent. There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , ethers , aromatic amines and mixtures of those solvents.
This reaction is carried out under atmospheric pressure or pressurized condition. The reaction temperature is -20 to 80 °C or so, preferably -10 to 30
°C or so. The reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 30 hours. The product as produced in the manner mentioned above may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Compound (X) is also produced by treating compound (XIV) with a phosphorous pentasulfide or Lawesson's reagent .
The amount of the "phosphorous pentasulfide" or "Lawesson's reagent" to be used is 0.5 to 10 mols or so, preferably 0.5 to 3 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XIV) .
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent . There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons , halogenated hydrocarbons and mixtures of those solvents .
The reaction time is generally 10 minutes to 50 hours, preferably about 30 minutes to 12 hours. The reaction temperature is 0 to 150 °C or so, preferably 20 to 120 ° C or so.
The product (X) may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
In case that compound (la) is an acylamino derivative, the desired product can be also obtained by subjecting the corresponded amine compound to any per se known acylation method.
For example, compound (la) wherein R1 is an acylamino which may be substituted is produced by reacting a corresponding 2-thiazolyl amine with an acylating agent optionally in the presence of a base or an acid.
The amount of the "acylating agent" to be used is 1.0 to 5.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (la). The "acylating agent" includes, for example, carboxylic acid or a reactive derivative thereof (e.g., acid halides, acid anhydrides, esters, etc.) correspond to the desired product .
The amount of the "base" or "acid" to be used is 0.8 to 5.0 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 2.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (la).
The "base" includes, for example, triethylamine, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaminopyridine, etc.
The "acid" includes, for example, methanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, camphor-sulfonic acid etc. This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent . There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are ethers, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbons , amides , halogenated hydrocarbons , nitriles , sulfoxides , aromatic amines and mixtures of those solvents .
The reaction temperature is -20 to 150 ° C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so. The reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 24 hours, preferably about 10 minutes to 5 hours .
The product may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
Compound (lc) can be also produced according to the methods of the following process 3 or analogous methods thereto .
Process 3
Figure imgf000054_0001
(XV)
Compound (XV) can be produced according to any per se known methods or analogous methods thereto.
Compound (lc) is produced by treating compound (XV) with a peroxy acid.
In compound (XV) , R2D represents a pyridyl which may be substituted. The "pyridyl which may be substituted" includes, for example, the "pyridyl which may be substituted" for R2 above.
The amount of the "peroxy acid" to be used is 0.8 to 10 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XV) .
The "peroxy acid" includes, for example, peracetic acid, trifluoroperacetic acid, m-chloroperbenzoic acid, etc.
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent. There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with.
Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , organic acids , ethers, amides, sulfoxides, alcohols, nitriles, ketones and mixtures of those solvents . The reaction temperature is -20 to 130 ° C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so. The reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 12 hours.
Compound (lc) is also produced by treating compound (XV) with a hydrogen peroxide or an alkylhydroperoxide , in the presence of a base, an acid or a metal oxides if desired. The amount of the "hydrogen peroxide" or the
"alkylhydroperoxide" to be used is 0.8 to 10 mols or so, preferably 1.0 to 3.0 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XV) .
The "alkylhydroperoxide" includes, for example, tert-butylhydroperoxide, cumene hydroperoxide , etc.
The amount of the "base", the "acid" or the "metal oxides" to be used is 0.1 to 30 mols or so, preferably 0.8 to 5 mols or so, relative to one mol of compound (XV). The "base" includes, for example, inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide, basic salts such as sodium carbonate and potassium carbonate, etc.
The "acid" includes, for example, mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid, Lewis acids such as boron trifluoride and aluminum (III) chloride, titanium(IV) chloride, organic acids such as formic acid and acetic acid, etc.
The "metal oxides" includes, for example, vanadium oxide (V205), osmium oxide (Os04) , tungsten oxide (W03), molybdenum oxide (Mo03), selenium oxide (Se02), chromium oxide (Cr03), etc.
This reaction is advantageously carried out in the absence of a solvent or in an inert solvent. There is no particular limitation on the kind of solvent that can be used unless the reaction is interfered with. Preferred are halogenated hydrocarbons , aliphatic hydrocarbons , aromatic hydrocarbons , organic acids , ethers, amides, sulfoxides, alcohols, nitriles, ketones and mixtures of those solvents .
The reaction temperature is -20 to 130 "C or so, preferably 0 to 100 °C or so. The reaction time is generally 5 minutes to 72 hours, preferably about 0.5 to 12 hours. The product may be applied to the next reaction while it is still crude in the reaction mixture, or may be isolated from the reaction mixture in any ordinary manner. This can be easily purified through separation means such as recrystallization, distillation, chromatography and the like.
In the above-mentioned reactions where the starting compounds are substituted by any of amino, carboxy or hydroxy, those groups may be protected by ordinary protective groups which are generally used in peptide chemistry. The protective groups may be removed after the reaction to give the disired products.
The amino-protecting group includes, for example, formyl, C-^.g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenylcarbonyl which may be substituted, C-^g alkoxy-carbonyl (e.g., methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyloxycarbonyl which may be substituted, c7-10 aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, etc.) which may be substituted, trityl which may be substituted, phthaloyl which may be substituted, etc. These substituents include, for example, halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.), -^_ alkyl- carbonyl (e.g. , acetyl, propionyl , valeryl , etc . ) , nitro, etc. The number of those substituents is 1 to 3. The carboxy-protecting group includes, for example, C-L_g alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyl which may be substituted, trityl which may be substituted, silyl which may be substituted, etc.
These substituents includes, for example, halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.), formyl, C^_g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g. , acetyl, propionyl, butylcarbonyl, etc.), nitro, C1-6 alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, tert- butyl, etc.), Cg_10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), etc. The number of those substituents is 1 to 3.
The hydroxy-protecting group includes, for example, C^_g alkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, tert-butyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyl which may be substituted, ~η- aralkyl (e.g., benzyl, etc.) which may be substituted, formyl which may be substituted, C^.g alkyl-carbonyl (e.g., acetyl, propionyl, etc.) which may be substituted, phenyloxycarbonyl which may be substituted, ~η - \ \ aralkyloxy-carbonyl (e.g., benzyloxycarbonyl, etc.) which may be substituted, tetrahydropyranyl which may be substituted, tetrahydrofuranyl which may be substituted, silyl which may be substituted, etc. Those substituents include, for example, halogen atoms (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, etc.), C^_g alkyl
(e.g., methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl, etc.), ~η - i\ aralkyl
(e.g., benzyl, etc.), C6_10 aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, etc.), nitro, etc. The number of those substituents is 1 to 4. Those protective groups may be removed by any per se known methods or analogous methods thereto, such as methods using acids, bases, ultraviolet rays, hydrazine, phenylhydrazine, sodium N-methyldithiocarbamate, tetrabutylammonium fluoride, palladium acetate, etc.; and reduction, etc.
In any case, products formed in the reaction mixtures may be subjected to deprotection, acylation, alkylation, hydrogenation, oxidation, reduction, chain extension, substituents-exchange reaction and combined reactions thereof, to obtain compound (I). These methods include, for example, the methods described in "Shin Jikken Kagaku Kouza (New Edition of Lectures of Experimental Chemistry)" L4, 15_ (1977) edited by Maruzen .
The above "alcohols" include, for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, etc.
The above "ethers" include, for example, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, diphenyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane , 1,2-dimethoxyethane , etc.
The above "halogenated hydrocarbons" include, for example, dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2- dichloroethane, carbon tetrachloride, etc.
The above "aliphatic hydrocarbons" include, for example, hexane , pentane , cyclohexane, etc .
The above "aromatic hydrocarbons" include, for example, benzene, toluene, xylene, chlorobenzene, etc. The above "aromatic amines" include, for example, pyridine, lutidine, quinoline, etc.
The above "amides" include, for example, N,N- dimethylformamide , N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, etc.
The above "ketones" include, for example, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, etc.
The above "sulfoxides" include, for example, dimethylsulfoxide, etc. The above "nitriles" include, for example, acetonitrile, propionitrile, etc. The above "organic acids" include, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, etc.
Where the products are formed in their free form in the reaction, they may be converted into their salts in any ordinary manner. Where they are formed in the form of their salts , they may be converted into free compounds or other salts in any ordinary manner. The thus-obtained compound (I) may be isolated and purified from the reaction mixtures through any ordinary means of, for example, trans-solvation, concentration, solvent extraction, fractionation, crystallization, recrystallization, chromatography and the like.
Where compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) exists in the reaction mixtures in the form of its configurational isomers , diastereomers , conformers or the like, they may be optionally isolated into single isomers through the separation and isolation means mentioned above. Where compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) is in the form of its racemates , they may be resolved into S- and R-forms through any ordinary optical resolution.
Compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) includes stereoisomers, depending on the type of the substituents therein, and both single isomers and mixtures of different isomers are within the scope of the present invention.
Compounds (I), (la), (lb) and (lc) may be in any form of their hydrates and non-hydrates.
The agent (pharmaceutical composition) of the present invention comprising compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) shows a high affinity for adenosine receptor, especially for adenosine A3 receptor, while having low toxicity and few side effects. The agent is useful as a safe medicine. The agent (pharmaceutical composition) of the present invention comprising compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) has a potent antagonistic activity on mammals (e.g., mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, feline, canine, bovine, sheep, monkey, human, etc.), a good bioavailability on per os administration, a good metabolical stability, and therefore, it can be used for preventing and/or treating diseases that may be related to adenosine A3 receptor, for example, asthma, allergosis, inflammation, Addison's disease, autoallergic hemolytic anemia, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, rheumatism, diabetes, and so on. Among others, preferred is for asthma, allergosis, etc. The agent (pharmaceutical composition) of the present invention comprising compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) has low toxicity, and therefore, compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) is, either directly as it is or after having been formulated into pharmaceutical compositions along with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in any per se known manner, for example, into tablets (including sugar-coated tablets, film-coated tablets), powders, granules, capsules (including soft capsules), liquid preparations, injections, suppositories, sustained release preparations, etc., safely administered orally or parenterally (e.g., locally, rectally, intravenously, etc.). In the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention, the amount of compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc) is from 0.01 to 100 % by weight or so of the total weight of the composition. The dose of the composition varies, depending on the subject to which the composition is administered, the administration route employed, the disorder of the subject, etc. For example, as an adenosine A3 receptor antagonist , oral composition for treating asthma, its dose for adults (body weight ca.
60 kg) may be from 0.1 to 30 mg/kg of body weight or so. preferably from 1 to 20 mg/kg of body weight or so, in terms of the active ingredient of compound (I), (la), (lb) or (lc), and this may be administered once or several times a day. Any ordinary organic and inorganic carrier substances that are generally used in formulating medicines are usable as the carriers for formulating the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention. For example, employable are ordinary excipients, lubricants, binders, disintegrators, etc. for formulating solid preparations; and solvents, solubilizers, suspending agents, isotonizing agents, buffers, soothing agents, etc. for formulating liquid preparations. If desired, further employable are other additives such as preservatives, antioxidants, colorants, sweeteners, adsorbents, wetting agents, etc.
The excipients include, for example, lactose, white sugar, D-mannitol, starch, corn starch, crystalline cellulose, light silicic anhydride, etc. The lubricants include, for example, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, talc, colloidal silica, etc.
The binders include, for example, crystalline cellulose, white sugar, D-mannitol, dextrin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, starch, sucrose, gelatin, methyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose sodium, etc.
The disintegrators include, for example, starch, carboxymethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose calcium, croscarmellose sodium, carboxymethyl starch sodium, L-hydroxypropyl cellulose, etc.
The solvents include, for example, water for injections, alcohol, propylene glycol, macrogol, sesame oil, corn oil, olive oil, etc.
The solubilizers include, for example, polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, D-mannitol, benzyl benzoate, ethanol, trisaminomethane, cholesterol, triethanolamine, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, etc.
The suspending agents include, for example, surfactants such as stearyl triethanolamine, sodium lauryl sulfate, lauryl aminopropionic acid, lecithin, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, glycerin monostearate, etc.; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, carboxymethyl cellulose sodium, methyl cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, etc.
The isotonizing agents include, for example, glucose, D-sorbitol, sodium chloride, glycerin, D- mannitol, etc. The buffers include, for example, liquid buffers of phosphates, acetates, carbonates, citrates, etc.
The soothing agents include, for example, benzyl alcohol, etc.
The preservatives include, for example, parahydroxybenzoates , chlorobutanol, benzyl alcohol, phenethyl alcohol, dehydroacetic acid, sorbic acid, etc.
The antioxidants include, for example, sulfites, ascorbic acid, etc.
BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
The invention will be described in more detail hereinunder, with reference to the following Reference Examples, Examples, Formulation Examples and Experimental Examples, which, however, are to concretely illustrate some embodiments of the invention and are not intended to restrict the scope of the invention. Various changes and modifications can be made within the range that does not deviate the scope of the invention. "Room temperature" as referred to in the following Reference Examples and Examples is meant to indicate a temperature falling between 10° C and 35° C. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, "%" is by weight. The yield indicates mol/mol %.
The meanings of the abbreviations used hereinunder are as follows: s : singlet d: doublet t : triplet q : quartet dd: double doublet ddd: double double doublet dt : double triplet br : broad
J: coupling constant Hz: Hertz
CDCI3 : deuterated chloroform
-"-H-NMR: proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Me : methyl
Reference Example 1
1- ( 4-Methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone
To a stirred solution of diisopropylamine (33.2 mL) in dry tetrahydrofuran (300 mL) cooled at -78 °C, was added a solution of 1.6 M n-butyllithium in hexane (148 mL) dropwise. After addition, the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min at the same temperature, followed by the addition of β-picoline (20 g) . The resulting mixture was allowed to warm up to -10 - 0 °C. After an additional 20 min stirring, a solution of ethyl p-anisate (19.4 g) in dry tetrahydrofuran (40 mL) was added. After addition the mixture was stirred for another 1 h at ambient temperature, and water (100 mL) was added to the mixture . The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the oily product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were washed with water, dried, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crystalline residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate - isopropyl ether to afford the title compound (20.8 g, yield 85 %). mp 71-72 βC.
Reference Example 2
Using ethyl benzoate, ethyl 3, 4-dimethoxybenzoate, ethyl 3,4,5-trimethoxybenzoate, ethyl 4-
(methoxymethoxy)benzoate, ethyl 4-fluorobenzoate, ethyl 4-ethylbenzoate, ethyl 3, 4-methylenedioxybenzoate, methyl 5-indanecarboxylate, methyl 5,6, 7,8-tetrahydro-
2-naphthoic acid, methyl 1, 4-benzodioxane-6-carboxylate, and methyl 2-naphthoic acid instead of using ethyl p- anisate, the below Reference Example Compounds 2-1 to 2-11 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 1.
Reference Example Compound 2-1:
1-Phenyl-2- ( 3-pyridyl )ethanone mp 44.5-45.5°C. Reference Example Compound 2-2:
1- ( 3 , 4-Dimethoxyphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 114-115°C.
Reference Example Compound 2-3:
2- ( 3-Pyridyl) -1- ( 3 , 4 , 5-trimethoxyphenyl ) ethanone mp 104-105° C.
Reference Example Compound 2-4:
1- ( 4-Methoxymethoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 43-44° C.
Reference Example Compound 2-5: l-(4-Fluorophenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone oil.
Reference Example Compound 2-6:
1- ( 4-Ethylphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 80-81° C. Reference Example Compound 2-7:
1- ( 3 , 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone mp 98 - 99° C .
Reference Example Compound 2-8: 1- ( 5-Indanyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 55-56° C. Reference Example Compound 2-9:
2- ( 3-Pyridyl)-l-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl ) ethanone mp 65-66° C.
Reference Example Compound 2-10: 1- ( 1 , 4-Benzodioxan-6-yl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone mp 89-90° C.
Reference Example Compound 2-11:
1- ( 2-Naphtyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl )ethanone mp 69-70° C.
Reference Example 3
Using -picoline, γ-picoline, and 3,5-lutidine instead of using β-picoline, the below Reference
Example Compounds 3-1 to 3-5 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 2. Reference Example Compound 3-1:
1-Phenyl-2- ( 2-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 59-60° C.
Reference Example Compound 3-2:
1- ( 4-Methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 2-pyridyl) ethanone mp 77-78° C.
Reference Example Compound 3-3: l-Phenyl-2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 109-110° C.
Reference Example Compound 3-4: 1- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 103-104°C.
Reference Example Compound 3-5:
2-(5-Methyl-3-pyridyl) -1-phenylethanone mp 53-54° C.
Reference Example 4 2-Cyano-2-phenyl- 1- (3-pyridyl) ethanone
To a solution of ethyl nicotinate (10 g) and phenylacetonitrile (5.1 g) in tert-butyl alcohol (30 mL), was added potassium tert-butoxide (6.4 g) , and the mixture was stirred at 100° C for 3 h. After cooling, the resulting mixture was dissolved in water and washed with isopropyl ether. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 7.0 with 2 N hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were washed with water, dried, and the solvent was evaporated. The crystalline residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-isopropyl ether to obtain the title compound (6.0 g, yield 62 %). mp 148-149° C.
Reference Example 5
2-Phenyl-l- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone
2-Cyano-2-phenyl- 1- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone (5.0 g) was dissolved in 48 % hydrobromic acid (50 mL) and the solution was stirred at 140° C for 5 h. After the mixture was cooled, the mixture was neutralized with an aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate . The extracts were washed with water, dried, and the solvent was evaporated. The crystalline residue was recrystallized from isopropyl ether to obtain the title compound (3.9 g, yield 88 %). mp 61-62° C.
Reference Example 6 2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide l-( 4-Methoxyphenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone (6.85 g) was dissolved in acetic acid (36 mL), bromine (1.7 mL) was added to the solution and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C for 3 h. After the mixture was cooled with ice-water, the crude crystalline mass was collected by filtration. The crude crystalline was recrystallized from ethanol-ethyl ether to afford the title compound (10.4 g, yield 89 %). mp 188-195° C.
Reference Example 7
Using 1-phenyl-2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(3,4- dimethoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone, 2- (3-pyridyl) - 1- ( 3 , 4 , 5-trimethoxyphenyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 4- methoxymethoxyphenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(4- fluorophenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone, 1-phenyl-2- (2- pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 2- pyridyl ) ethanone , 1-phenyl-2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(4- methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone, 2- ( 5-methyl-3- pyridyl) -1-phenylethanone, 1- (4-ethylphenyl) -2- (3- pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 3 , 4-methylenedioxyphenyl) -2- ( 3- pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- (5-indanyl) -2- (3-pyridyl)ethanone, 2- ( 3-pyridyl )-l-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2-naphthyl) ethanone , 1- ( 1 , 4-benzodioxan-6-yl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 2- naphthyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone, 1- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (2-pyridyl) ethanone and 2-phenyl-l- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone instead of using 1- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (3- pyridyl )ethanone , the below Reference Example Compounds 7-1 to 7-18 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 6. Reference Example Compound 7-1:
2-Bromo-1-phenyl-2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 208-215°C. Reference Example Compound 7-2: 2-Bromo-l- ( 3 , 4-dimethoxyphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 191-193°C.
Reference Example Compound 7-3: 2-Bromo-2- ( 3-pyridyl ) - 1- ( 3 , 4 , 5- trimethoxyphenyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 184-186° C. Reference Example Compound 7-4:
2-Bromo-1- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 7-5:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-fluorophenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 189-191° C. Reference Example Compound 7-6:
2-Bromo- 1-phenyl-2- ( 2-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 180-181° C.
Reference Example Compound 7-7:
2-Bromo-1- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 2-pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide mp 170-171°C.
Reference Example Compound 7-8:
2-Bromo-1-phenyl-2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 230-232° C. Reference Example Compound 7-9:
2-Bromo-1- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 207-209° C.
Reference Example Compound 7-10: 2-Bromo-2-(5-methyl-3-pyridyl) -1-phenylethanone hydrobromide mp 189-193°C.
Reference Example Compound 7-11:
2-Bromo-l-(4-ethylphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide mp 145-146° C.
Reference Example Compound 7-12:
2-Bromo- 1-(3,4-me hylenedioxyphenyl ) -2- ( 3- pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide mp 174-175°C.
Reference Example Compound 7-13: 2-Bromo- l - ( 5-indanyl ) -2- ( 3 -pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 177 - 178° C .
Reference Example Compound 7-14: 2-Bromo-2- ( 3-pyridyl)-l-(5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-2- naphthyl)ethanone hydrobromide mp 160-162° C.
Reference Example Compound 7-15:
1- (1, 4-Benzodioxan-6-yl) -2-bromo-2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide oil.
Reference Example Compound 7-16:
2-Bromo-l- ( 2-naphthyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 197-199° C.
Reference Example Compound 7-17:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 2-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 170-171° C. Reference Example Compound 7-18:
2-Bromo-2-phenyl- 1- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide mp 213-218° C.
Reference Example 8 [ - ( 4-Methoxyphenyl) -5- ( 3-pyridyl ) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl ] amine
To a suspension of thiourea (516 mg) in acetonitrile (40 mL) , was added 2-bromo-l- ( 4- methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide (2.5 g), and then triethylamine (0.95 mL) was added slowly dropwise to the mixture with stirring. After addition, the mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 h. After cooling, the crude crystalline was collected by filtration. The crystalline was washed with an aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate, water, ethanol, and ethyl ether, in that order, and dried. The obtained crude crystalline was recrystallized from tetrahydrofuran to give the title compound (1.5 g, yield 90 %) . mp 265-266° C.
Reference Example 9
N-Methyl [ 4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl ) -5- ( 3-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-
2-yl] amine
To a suspension of N-methylthiourea (242 mg) in acetonitrile (18 mL), was added 2-bromo-l- (4- methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide (1.0 g) and then triethylamine (0.4 mL) was added slowly dropwise to the mixture. After addition, the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 h, and the solvent was evaporated. An aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the residue and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were washed with water, dried, and the solvent was evaporated. The crystalline residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-isopropyl ether to afford the title compound (650 mg, yield 85 %) . mp 158-159° C.
Reference Example 10 N- [ 4- ( 4-Methoxyphenyl ) - 5- ( 3-pyridyl) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] acetamide
Using [ (4-methoxyphenyl) -5- (3-pyridyl) -1,3- thiazol-2-yl]amine as starting material, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as described in below Example 3. Yield 82 %. mp 208-210° C.
Reference Example 11
2- ( 4-Acetylpiperazin-1-yl ) -4- ( 4-methoxyphenyl) -5- ( 3- pyridyl) -1, 3-thiazole
To a solution of 1-piperazinecarbothioamide (387 mg) in acetonitrile (15 mL), was added 2-bromo-l- (4- methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide (1.0 g), and then triethylamine (0.4 mL) was added slowly dropwise to the resulting mixture . After addition the mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 h and the solvent was evaporated. An aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the residue and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were washed with water, dried and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in pyridine (2 mL) and acetyl chloride (0.3 mL) was added to the solution under ice cooling. The resulting mixture was stood at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were washed with water , dried, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified using silica-gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate-methanol, 9:1) to give the title compound (300 mg, yield 28 %) . oil.
Reference Example 12
[4- (4-Methoxyphenyl) -5- (3-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] amine hydrochloride [ 4- ( 4-Methoxyphenyl ) - 5- ( 3-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] amine (200 mg) was dissolved in 1 % methanol solution of hydrogen chloride (3.2 mL), and the solvent was evaporated. The crude crystalline was recrystallized from methanol-ethyl acetate to give the title compound (180 mg, yield 80 %). mp 145-150° C.
The chemical structures of the compounds obtained in the Reference Examples 8 to 12 are shown in Table 1. Table 1
Figure imgf000072_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb e Additive
Figure imgf000072_0002
11 -N N-COMe fy- MeO-^>—
Figure imgf000072_0003
Reference Example 13
The following Reference Example Compounds 13-1 to 13-106 shown in Tables 2 to 7 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above References 8 to 12, JP-A-61-10580 and USP 4,612,321.
Table 2
Figure imgf000073_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd I. Ra Rb Re mp/°C
13-1 -NHMe 168-169
N=/ o-
13-2 -NH2 - o- 253-254
Figure imgf000073_0002
13-5 -NHMe fy- 7 157-158
Figure imgf000073_0003
13-8 -NHCOCH2COOCH2Me MeO- " — 201-202
N=/
13-9 -NHCOCH2COOMe f 85-186
Ny=/- o- 1
13-10 -NH2 ~ — o- 236-237
13-11 -NHMe
^N o- 215-216
13-12 -NHMe f~%— MeO-^~%— 214-215
13-13 -NH2 MeO- ~S— 217-218
\=N
Figure imgf000073_0004
13-15 -NH2 o- o- 248-250
13-16 -NHMe »€ MeO- — 177-178
Figure imgf000073_0005
Table 3
Figure imgf000074_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd Ra Rb e mp/°C
MeO
13-19 -CH2Me ry- MeO-s ~ — 84-84.5 MeO
13-20 -CH2Me
Figure imgf000074_0002
Me0-< >— 59-60
Figure imgf000074_0003
13-22 -Me MeO-^^>— 113-114
13-23 -CH2Me O" o- 83-84
13-24 -o o- 135-136
Figure imgf000074_0004
13-27 →72 Me0- — 195-196
Figure imgf000074_0005
MeO
13-28 -K> MeO- ~ ~ 211-213 MeO
Figure imgf000074_0006
13-30 X ry- o- 100-101
13-31 ^2 93 N^ Meo-< >— 92-
MeO
13-32 - fy- e0- — 111-112
MeO
13-33 — " cOOH - 264-265
Figure imgf000074_0007
Figure imgf000074_0008
13-35 — "V-COOH 247-248
Figure imgf000074_0009
Table 4
Figure imgf000075_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Rc mp / °C
Figure imgf000075_0002
13-39 -(CH2)3COOH 43-144
13-40 -(CH2)3COOH 63-164
Figure imgf000075_0003
Me
13-41 -(CH2)3COOH ^ ~~ 134-135 N=/
13-42 -(CH2)8COOH 112-113
13-43 -(CH2)4OH 51-52
Figure imgf000075_0004
13-44 -NHCH2Me fy- Me0- !χ 154-155
13-45 -NHMe fy- ^ X 187-188
N=/
13-46 -NHMe fy- MeCH2-<^>— 124-125
13-47 -NHMe o- ~V"~ 191-192
Figure imgf000075_0005
13-49 -NMe2
N=/ Me0→ >— oii
Figure imgf000075_0006
13-51 -CH2Me fy- ~ oii
13-52 -(CH2)3Me f Ny=/- ~ oii
Figure imgf000075_0007
Table 5
Figure imgf000076_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re mp / °C
13-54 -o N^ MeO-^ - 104-105
13-55 -CH2COOH oil
N=/ o-
13-56 -(CH2)3COOMe oil
N=/ -
13-57 -(CH2)5COOH
Figure imgf000076_0002
o- oil
Figure imgf000076_0003
13-61 -(CH2)2Me
Figure imgf000076_0004
Me0" oil
Figure imgf000076_0005
13-64 -N(CH2Me)2 97-98
N^
13-65 -NHMe O- ^b- 234-235
13-66 -NMe2 O- °^ 144-145
Figure imgf000076_0006
13-69 -NHMe O -O- 205-206
13-70 -NHMe <0~ α- - 224-225
13-71 -NHMe Ό- B-O- 206-207 Table 6
Figure imgf000077_0001
Ref Ex Compd Ra Rb Rc Additive mp/°C
13-72 -NHMe o- o- 191-192
Figure imgf000077_0002
13-74 -NHMe 172-173
Figure imgf000077_0003
13-76 -K-Q Me0→ >_ 222-223
13-77 XD Wi O- y— 132-133
Figure imgf000077_0004
Figure imgf000077_0005
13-79 -O N=/ Me0-< >— 148-149
Figure imgf000077_0006
13-84 -N(CH2Me)2 <b- 56-57
13-85 -CH2NH2
Figure imgf000077_0007
Me°→ >— oil
13-86 -CH2NHMe MeO- ~V- oil
N=/
13-87 -NHCOMe
Figure imgf000077_0008
e0-< >— HCI 214-217
13-88 -NHCOMe 228-231
13-89 -NHCOMe <D~ HCl 275-278
Figure imgf000077_0009
13-90 -NHCOCH2Me 0~~ HCi 248-251
Figure imgf000077_0010
Table 7
Rb s
Figure imgf000078_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd I. Ra Rb Re mp / °C
13-91 -NHCOCH2Me 196-199
Figure imgf000078_0002
13-92 -NHCOCHMe2
Figure imgf000078_0003
Me0_O~ 213-216
Figure imgf000078_0004
13-94 -NHCOMe Me(H2C)30-Q)— 230-233
Figure imgf000078_0005
Figure imgf000078_0006
13-96 -NHCOMe 230-234
Figure imgf000078_0007
13-97 -NHCO- MeO- 275-278
Figure imgf000078_0008
13-98 -NHCOMe fy- HO - 287-292
13-99 -NMeCOMe •o- Me0~^ 169-172
13-100 -NHCOMe X- o- 222-224
13-101 -NHCOMe 175-178
13-102 -N=CHNMe2 118-120
Figure imgf000078_0009
Reference Example 14
N- ( 4-Chlorobenzoyl)propyleneimine
A solution of propyleneimine (12.3 mL) in tetrahydrofuran (160 mL) was added to an IN aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. To the mixture was added dropwise 4-chlorobenzoyl chloride (25 g) at 0°C. After addition, the mixture was stirred for additional 30 min. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was dried, concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (24.9 g, yield 89 %) . oil. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ: 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.15 (IH, d, J= 2.9 Hz), 2.51-2.66 (2H, m) , 7.39-7.47 (2H, m) , 7.93- 8.01 (2H, m).
Reference Example 15 Using 3-chlorobenzoyl chloride, 2-chlorobenzoyl chloride, 2-methylbenzoyl chloride, 3-methylbenzoyl chloride, 4-methylbenzoyl chloride, 2-methoxybenzoyl chloride, 3-methoxybenzoyl chloride, 4-ethylbenzoyl chloride, 4- ( 1-methylethyl)benzoyl chloride, 4- (1,1- dimethylethyl)benzoyl chloride, 4-propylbenzoyl chloride, 4-butylbenzoyl chloride, 4-hexylbenzoyl chloride, 4-trifluoromethoxybenzoyl chloride, 4- trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride, 3, 4-dimethoxybenzoyl chloride, 3 , 4-dimethylbenzoyl chloride, 3,5- dimethylbenzoyl chloride, 3 , 4-methylenedioxybenzoyl chloride and 2-naphthoyl chloride instead of using 4- chlorobenzoyl chloride , the below Reference Example Compounds 15-1 to 15-20 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 14. Reference Example Compound 15-1: N- ( 3-Chlorobenzoyl)propyleneimine oil.
'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.40 (3H, d, J= 5.1 Hz), 2.17 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.53-2.68 (2H, m) , 7.40 (IH, dd, J= 8.1, 7.7 Hz), 7.53 (IH, ddd, J= 8.1, 2.2, 1.5 Hz), 7.90 (IH, dt, J= 7.7, 1.5 Hz), 8.00 (IH, dd, J= 2.2, 1.5 Hz). Reference Example Compound 15-2: N- ( 2-Chlorobenzoyl )propyleneimine oil. XH-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.30 (3H, d, J= 5.1 Hz), 2.12 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.53 (IH, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.56-2.68 (IH, m) , 7.28-7.48 (3H, m) , 7.75-7.81 (IH, m) . Reference Example Compound 15-3: N- ( 2-Methylbenzoyl)propyleneimine oil. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.30 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.08 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.43-2.57 (5H, m) , 7.20-7.31 (2H, m) , 7.33- 7.43 (IH, m), 7.89 (IH, d, J= 7.7 Hz). Reference Example Compound 15-4: N- ( 3-Methylbenzoyl )propyleneimine oil.
^-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz ) , 2.14 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.41 (3H, s), 2.51-2.66 (2H, m) , 7.32-7.39 (2H, m), 7.79-7.87 (2H, m) . Reference Example Compound 15-5: N- (4-Methylbenzoyl)propyleneimine oil.
'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.12 (IH, d, J= 2.9 Hz), 2.42 (3H, s), 2.50-2.62 (2H, m) , 7.25 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.92 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz). Reference Example Compound 15-6:
N- ( 2-Methoxybenzoyl)propyleneimine oil.
'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.30 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz ) , 2.10 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.50 (IH, d, J= 5.9Hz), 2.53-2.65 (IH, m) , 3.90 (3H, s), 6.95-7.05 (2H, m) , 7.41-7.52 (IH, m) 7.81-7.88 (IH, m) . Reference Example Compound 15-7: N- ( 3-Methoxybenzoyl)propyleneimine oil. 'H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.40 (3H, d, J= 5.9 Hz), 2.14 (IH, d, J= 2.9 Hz), 2.52-2.65 (2H, m) , 3.86 (3H, s), 7.10 (IH, ddd, J= 8.4, 2.6, 1.1 Hz), 7.37 (IH, dd, J= 8.4, 7.3 Hz), 7.55 (IH, dd, J= 2.6, 1.5 Hz ) , 7.63 (IH, ddd, J= 7.3, 1.5, 1.1 Hz). Reference Example Compound 15-8: N- ( 4-Ethylbenzoyl)propyleneimine oil.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.27 (3H, t, J= 7.6 Hz), 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.13 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.50-2.61 (2H, m) , 2.71 (2H, q, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.28 (2H, d, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.95 (2H, d, J= 7.7 Hz) . Reference Example Compound 15-9: N- [ 4- ( 1-Methylethyl )benzoyl] propyleneimine oil. 'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.28 (6H, d, J= 7.0 Hz), 1.40 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.13 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.50-2.64 (2H, m) , 2.90-3.05 (IH, m), 7.31 (2H, d, J= 8.2 Hz), 7.96 (2H, d, J= 8.2 Hz) . Reference Example Compound 15-10: N- [4- (1, 1-Dimethylethyl)benzoyl]propyleneimine oil.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.35 (9H, s), 1.41 (3H, d, J= 5.5Hz), 2.12 (IH, d, J= 2.9 Hz), 2.51-2.64 (2H, m) , 7.47 (2H, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 7.96 (2H, d, J= 8.8Hz ) . Reference Example Compound 15-11: N- ( 4-Propylbenzoyl )propyleneimine oil.
'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 0.96 (3H, t, J= 7.3 Hz), 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 1.57-1.75 (2H, m) , 2.12 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.50-2.59 (2H, m) , 2.65 (2H, t, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.26 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.94 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz). Reference Example Compound 15-12: N- ( 4-Butylbenzoyl )propyleneimine oil. 'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 0.94 (3H, t, J= 7.1 Hz), 1.26-1.47 (5H, m) , 1.54-1.73 (2H, m) , 2.12 (IH, d, J= 2.9 Hz), 2.51-2.62 (2H, m) , 2.67 (2H, t, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.26 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.94 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz). Reference Example Compound 15-13: N- ( 4-Hexylbenzoyl) propyleneimine oil.
^-NMR (CDC13) δ : 0.89 (3H, t, J= 6.6 Hz), 1.24-1.38
(6H, m), 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 1.56-1.68 (2H, m) ,
2.12 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.51-2.61 (2H, m) , 2.66 (2H, t, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.26 (2H, d, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.94 (2H, d, J=
8.1 Hz) .
Reference Example Compound 15-14:
N- ( 4-Trifluoromethoxybenzoyl)propyleneimine oil. 'H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.40 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.16 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.53-2.68 (2H, m) , 7.29 (2H, d, J= 9.0 Hz), 8.08 (2H, d, J= 9.0 Hz) . Reference Example Compound 15-15: N- ( 4-Trifluoromethylbenzoyl)propyleneimine oil.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.40 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.19 (IH, d, J= 3.7 Hz), 2.54-2.70 (2H, ) , 7.73 (2H, d, J= 8.0 Hz),
8.13 (2H, d, J= 8.0 Hz) . Reference Example Compound 15-16: N- (3, 4-Dimethoxybenzoyl)propyleneimine oil.
'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.41 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.12 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.51-2.63 (2H, m) , 3.94 (3H, s), 3.95 (3H, s), 6.92 (IH, d, J= 8.5 Hz), 7.56 (IH, d, J= 2.2 Hz), 7.69 (IH, dd, J= 8.5, 2.2 Hz).
Reference Example Compound 15-17:
N- (3, 4 -Dimethylbenzoyl) propyleneimine oil.
XH-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz ) , 2.12 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.32 (6H, s), 2.49-2.61 (2H, m) , 7.21 (IH, d, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.77 (IH, dd, J= 7.7, 1.8 Hz), 7.80 (IH, d, J= 1.8 Hz) .
Reference Example Compound 15-18:
N- (3, 5-Dimethylbenzoyl)propyleneimine oil. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.39 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.13 (IH, d, J= 3.7 Hz), 2.37 (6H, s), 2.47-2.62 (2H, m) , 7.19 (IH, s), 7.64 (2H, s).
Reference Example Compound 15-19: N- ( 3 , 4-Methylenedioxybenzoyl )propyleneimine oil.
^-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 1.38 (3H, d, J= 4.9 Hz), 2.11 (IH, d, J= 3.1 Hz), 2.48-2.64 (2H, m) , 6.05 (2H, s), 6.86 (IH, d, J= 8.2 Hz), 7.48 (IH, d, J= 1.7 Hz), 7.65 (IH, dd, J= 8.2, 1.7 Hz) .
Reference Example Compound 15-20: N- ( 2-Naphthoyl )propyleneimine oil.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.44 (3H, d, J= 5.5 Hz), 2.22 (IH, d, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.57-2.84 (2H, m) , 7.50-7.65 (2H, m) , 7.85- 8.00 (3H, m), 8.06 (IH, dd, J= 8.6, 1.5 Hz), 8.59 (IH, s).
Reference Example 16 1- ( 2-Chlorophenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone
To a stirred solution of diisopropylamine (15.4 mL) in dry tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) cooled at -50° C, was added a solution of 1.6 M n-butyllithium in hexane (69 mL) dropwise. After addition, the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 min at the same temperature, followed by the addition of a solution of γ-picoline (20 g) in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) at -30° C. After an additional 1 h stirring, a solution of N-(2- chlorobenzoyl)propyleneimine (20 g) in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added dropwise to the resulting mixture at -10°C. After addition the mixture was stirred for another 2 h at ambient temperature. Water (100 mL) was added to the mixture and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, dried, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified using silica-gel column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate, 1:1) to give the title compound (16.4 g, yield 71 %). oil. XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 4.28 (2H, s), 7.20 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz), 7.28-7.39 (IH, m) , 7.41-7.48 (3H, m) , 8.56 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz) .
Reference Example 17 Using N- (3-chlorobenzoyl)propyleneimine, N-(4- chlorobenzoyl)propyleneimine , N- ( 2- methylbenzoyl)propyleneimine , N- ( 3- methylbenzoyl )propyleneimine , N- ( 4- methylbenzoyl) ropyleneimine , N- ( 2- methoxybenzoyl)propyleneimine, N-(3- methoxybenzoyl)propyleneimine , N- ( 4- ethylbenzoyl )propyleneimine , N- [ 4- ( 1- methylethyl)benzoyl]propyleneimine , N- [ 4- ( 1 , 1- dimethylethyl)benzoyl ]propyleneimine , N- ( 4- propylbenzoyl)propyleneimine, N-(4- butylbenzoyl )propyleneimine , N- ( 4- hexylbenzoyl)propyleneimine, N- (4- trifluoromethoxybenzoyl )propyleneimine , N- ( 4- trifluoromethylbenzoyl)propyleneimine , N- ( 3 , 4- dimethoxybenzoyl)propyleneimine, N-(3,4- dimethylbenzoyl)propyleneimine, N- (3, 5- dimethylbenzoyl )propyleneimine , N- ( 3 , 4- methylenedioxybenzoyl)propyleneimine and N-(2- naphthoyl)propyleneimine instead of using N-(2- chlorobenzoyl)propyleneimine, the below Reference
Example Compounds 17-1 to 17-20 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example
16.
Reference Example Compound 17-1: 1- ( 3-Chlorophenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 79-80° C. Reference Example Compound 17-2: 1- ( 4-Chlorophenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 93-94° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-3: l-(2-Methylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl)ethanone oil.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 2.48 (3H, s), 4.23 (2H, s), 7.19 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz), 7.24-7.47 (3H, m) , 7.73 (IH, d, J= 7.7
Hz), 8.56 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz). Reference Example Compound 17-4:
1- ( 3-Methylphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl)ethanone mp 115-116° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-5: l- ( 4-Methylphenyl ) -2 - ( 4 -pyridyl ) ethanone mp 110- 111° C .
Reference Example Compound 17-6:
1- ( 2-Methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl)ethanone oil.
"H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 3.92 (3H, s), 4.30 (2H, s), 6.95-7.07 (2H, m), 7.17 (2H, d, J= 5.9 Hz), 7.50 (IH, ddd, J= 8.4,
7.3, 1.8 Hz), 7.73 (IH, dd, J= 7.7, 1.8 Hz), 8.53 (2H, d, J= 5.9 Hz) .
Reference Example Compound 17-7:
1- ( 3-Methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl)ethanone oil.
^-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 3.86 (3H, s), 4.28 (2H, s), 7.14 (IH, ddd, J= 8.1, 2.6, 1.1 Hz), 7.20 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz) ,
7.36 (IH, dd, J= 8.1, 7.7 Hz), 7.51 (IH, dd, J= 2.6,
1.5 Hz), 7.58 (IH, ddd, J= 7.7, 1.5, 1.1 Hz) 8.57 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz) .
Reference Example Compound 17-8:
1- ( 4-Ethylphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 87-89° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-9: 1- [ 4- (1-Methylethyl)phenyl]-2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 86 - 88° C .
Reference Example Compound 17-10:
1- [4-(l, 1-Dimethylethyl)phenyl] -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 75-76° C. Reference Example Compound 17-11:
1- (4-Propylphenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl)ethanone mp 71-72°C.
Reference Example Compound 17-12:
1- (4-Butylphenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 41-43° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-13:
1- ( 4-Hexylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 57-58° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-14: 2- ( 4-Pyridyl) - 1- ( 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl ) ethanone mp 65-66° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-15:
2- (4-Pyridyl) -1- ( 4-trifluoromethylphenyl)ethanone mp 94-95° C. Reference Example Compound 17-16:
1- (3, 4-Dimethoxyphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 110-111° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-17:
1- ( 3 , 4-Dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 81-83° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-18:
1- ( 3 , 5-Dimethylphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl )ethanone mp 90-91° C.
Reference Example Compound 17-19: 1- (3, 4-Methylenedioxyphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 126-127°C.
Reference Example Compound 17-20:
1- ( 2-Naphthyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone mp 114-115°C.
Reference Example 18 Using α-picoline instead of using γ-picoline, the below Reference Example Compounds 18-1 to 18-9 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 17. Reference Example Compound 18-1:
1- (2-Chlorophenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone oil.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 4.28 (2H, s), 7.18-7.49 (5H, m) , 7.59-7.67 (IH, m) , 8.47-8.56 (2H, m) . Reference Example Compound 18-2:
1- (3-Chlorophenyl)-2- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone oil.
'H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 4.29 (2H, s), 7.25-7.34 (IH, m) , 7.44 (IH, t, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.54-7.63 (2H, m) , 7.90 (IH, dt , J= 7.7, 1.5 Hz), 8.00 (IH, dd, J= 1.8, 1.5 Hz), 8.49-8.57 (2H, m).
Reference Example Compound 18-3: 1- ( 4-Chloropheny1 ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl )ethanone H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 4.27 (2H, s), 7.24-7.31 (IH, m) , 7.47 (2H, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 7.55-7.63 (IH, m) , 7.96 (2H, d, J= 8.8 Hz), 8.46-8.53 (2H, m) . Reference Example Compound 18-4: 1- ( 2-Methylphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone oil. 'H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 2.47 (3H, s), 4.23 (2H, s), 7.18-7.47 (5H, m), 7.73 (IH, d, J= 7.7 Hz), 8.47-8.56 (2H, m) . Reference Example Compound 18-5: 1- ( 3-Methylphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone oil. "H-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 2.43 (3H, s), 4.29 (2H, s), 7.17-7.36 (IH, m) , 7.36-7.46 (2H, m) , 7.58-7.65 (IH, m) , 7.78- 7.86 (2H, m) , 8.50-8.56 (2H, m) . Reference Example Compound 18-6: 1- ( 4-Methylphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone mp 72-74° C. Reference Example Compound 18-7:
1- (3-Methoxyphenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone oil.
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 3.86 (3H, s), 4.29 (2H, s), 7.14 (IH, ddd, J= 8.1, 2.6, 1.8 Hz), 7.28 (IH, dd, J= 7.3, 4.8 Hz), 7.40 (IH, dd, J= 8.1, 7.7 Hz), 7.53 (IH, dd, J= 2.6, 1.8 Hz), 7.58-7.65 (2H, m) , 8.50-8.55 (2H, m) . Reference Example Compound 18-8:
1- [4-(l, 1 -Dimethylethyl)phenyl] -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone oil.
'H-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.34 (9H, s), 4.28 (2H, s), 7.22-7.31 (IH, m), 7.50 (2H, d, 3= 8.4 Hz), 7.56-7.65 (IH, m) , 7.96 (2H, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 8.48-8.55 (2H, m) . Reference Example Compound 18-9: 1- (3, 5-Dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone oil.
XH-NMR (CDCI3) δ : 2.38 (6H, s), 4.27 (2H, s), 7.24-7.30 (2H, m) , 7.58-7.63 (3H, m) , 8.50-8.52 (2H, m) .
Reference Example 19
Using ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate instead of using ethyl p-anisate, the below Reference Example Compound 19 was obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 1. Reference Example Compound 19:
1- ( 4-Dimethylaminophenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone mp 189-192° C.
Reference Example 20 2- [ 4- ( 1 , 1-Dimethylethyl)phenyl ] - 1- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone
To a solution of ethyl isonicotinate (12 g) and 4- (1, 1-Dimethylethyl )phenylacetonitrile (9.1 g) in tert- butyl alcohol (36 mL), was added potassium tert- butoxide (7.3 g), and the mixture was stirred at 100° C for 3 h. After cooling, the resulting mixture was dissolved in water and washed with isopropyl ether. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 7.0 with 2 N hydrochloric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, dried, and the solvent was evaporated. The crystalline residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-isopropyl ether to obtain 2-cyano-2-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl )phenyl] -1- ( 4- pyridyl ) ethanone (5.09 g, yield 35 %).
2-Cyano-2-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl)phenyl]-l-(4- pyridyl ) ethanone (5.0 g) obtained above was dissolved in 48 % hydrobromic acid (50 mL) and the solution was stirred at 140° C for 5 h. After the mixture was cooled, the mixture was neutralized with an aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, dried, and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified using silica-gel column chromatography (hexane-ethyl acetate, 1:1) to obtain the title compound (3.1 g, yield 68 %). oil. ^-NMR (CDC13) δ : 1.30 (9H, s), 4.25 (2H, s), 7.18 (2H, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.36 (2H, d, J= 8.4 Hz), 7.78 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz), 8.81 (2H, d, J= 6.2 Hz).
Reference Example 21 2- (3, 5-Dimethylphenyl) -1- ( 4-pyridyl)ethanone
Using 3 , 5-dimethylphenylacetonitrile instead of using 4- ( 1, 1-Dimethylethyl)phenylacetonitrile, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 20. mp 96-97° C.
Reference Example 22
Using 1- ( 2-chlorophenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone, 1- ( 3-chlorophenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 4- chlorophenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(2- methylphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 3- methylphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 4- methylphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 3- methoxyphenyl) -2-(3-pyridyl) ethanone, 1- [4-(l, 1- dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -2- ( 3-pyridyl)ethanone , 1- ( 3 , 5- dimethylphenyl) -2-(3-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(2- chlorophenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, 1- (3- chlorophenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 4- chlorophenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone , 1- ( 2- methylphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 3- methylphenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(4- methylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone , 1- ( 2- methoxyphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone, 1- (3- methoxyphenyl ) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(4- ethylphenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, 1- [4- (1- methylethyl)phenyl] -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, l-[4-(l,l- dimethylethyl)phenyl] -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(4- propylphenyl) -2- ( 4- yridyl ) ethanone , 1- ( 4-butylpheny1 ) - 2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone , 1- ( 4-hexylphenyl ) -2- ( 4- pyridyl ) ethanone , 2- (4-pyridyl) -l-(4- trifluoromethoxyphenyl ) ethanone , 2- ( 4-pyridyl) -1- ( 4- trifluoromethylphenyl) ethanone , 1- ( 4- dimethylaminophenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide , 1- (3, 4-dimethoxyphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone, 1- (3, 4- dimethylphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone , 1- ( 3 , 5- dimethylphenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, l-(3,4- methylenedioxyphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone , 1- ( 2- naphthyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone, 2- [4- (1,1- dimethylethyl )phenyl] -1- (4-pyridyl) ethanone and 2- (3, 5- dimethylphenyl ) -1- (4-pyridyl) ethanone instead of using 1- (4-methoxyphenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone, the below
Reference Example Compounds 22-1 to 22-33 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above Reference Example 6. Reference Example Compound 22-1: 2-Bromo-1- ( 2-chlorophenyl) -2- (3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 88 - 90° C .
Reference Example Compound 22-2:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 3-chlorophenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 164-166° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-3:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-chlorophenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl )ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 22-4:
2-Bromo-1- ( 2-methylphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 22-5:
2-Bromo-1- (3-methylphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 22-6:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-methylphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 96-98° C. Reference Example Compound 22-7:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 3-methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 3-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction. Reference Example Compound 22-8:
2-Bromo-1- [ 4- ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -2- ( 3- pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 190-194° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-9: 2-Bromo-l- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 195 - 197° C .
Reference Example Compound 22-10:
2-Bromo-l- (2-chlorophenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 157-159°C.
Reference Example Compound 22-11:
2-Bromo-l- ( 3-chlorophenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 178-181° C. Reference Example Compound 22-12:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-chlorophenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 189-193°C.
Reference Example Compound 22-13: 2-Bromo-l- ( 2-methylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide mp 183-186° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-14:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 3-methylphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 22-15:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-methylphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 111-113°C.
Reference Example Compound 22-16:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 2-methoxyphenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 168 - 171° C .
Reference Example Compound 22-17:
2-Bromo-l-(3-methoxyphenyl) -2- (4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 22-18: 2-Bromo- 1- (4-ethylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 170-173° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-19: 2-Bromo-1- [ 4- ( 1-methylethyl)phenyl] -2- ( 4- pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 185-188° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-20:
2-Bromo-l-[4-(l,l-dimethylethyl )phenyl] -2- ( 4- pyridyl)ethanone hydrobromide mp 209-212° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-21:
2-Bromo-1- ( 4-propyIpheny1) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 167-170° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-22:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-butyIpheny1) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 158-161° C. Reference Example Compound 22-23:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 4-hexyIpheny1) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 153-155° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-24: 2-Bromo-2-(4-pyridyl)-l-(4- trifluoromethoxyphenyl) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 22-25: 2-Bromo-2-(4-pyridyl)-l-(4- trifluoromethylphenyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 190-194°C.
Reference Example Compound 22-26:
2-Bromo-1- ( 4-dimethylaminophenyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone dihydrobromide mp 163-167°C. Reference Example Compound 22-27:
2-Bromo-l- ( 3 , 4-dimethoxyphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 174-175°C. Reference Example Compound 22-28:
2-Bromo- 1- ( 3 , 4-dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 196-199° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-29: 2-Bromo- 1- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -2- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 216-219° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-30:
2-Bromo-1- (3, 4-methylenedioxyphenyl) -2- (4- pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 211-214° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-31:
2-Bromo-1- ( 2-naphthyl ) -2- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide mp 149-152° C.
Reference Example Compound 22-32:
2-Bromo-2- [ 4- ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -1- ( 4- pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide
The crude mixture without purification was used to next reaction.
Reference Example Compound 22-33:
2-Bromo-2- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -1- ( 4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide mp 186-188° C.
Reference Example 23
The following Reference Example Compounds 23-1 to
23-222 shown in Tables 8 to 21 were obtained in the same manner as described in the above References 5 to 9 , JP-A-61-10580 and USP 4,612,321. Table 8
Rb S Rc N
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re Additive mp / °C
23-1 -NHCOHQ fy o- HCl 260
23-2 -NHC0-<^) f Ny=/- o- HCl 244-246
Figure imgf000095_0001
23-4 -NHCO→ l
Figure imgf000095_0002
o- HCl 275
Figure imgf000095_0003
23-6 -NHCOMe 218-220
Figure imgf000095_0004
23-7 -NHCOMe
Figure imgf000095_0005
Figure imgf000095_0006
23-12 -NHCO(CH2)2Me fy- o- 198-200
23-13 -NHCO(CH2)3Me f Ny=/ o- 205-206
23-14 -NHCO(CH2)4Me o- 175-177
Figure imgf000095_0007
23-15 -NHCOCMe3 f Ny=/ o- 219-220
23-16 -NHCO-<Λ ~~Λ> fy MeOH^— HCl 268-270
Figure imgf000095_0008
Table 9
Rb vS
Re 77κ>
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Rc Additive mp / °C
23-18 -NHCO-c T] o-
Figure imgf000096_0001
HCI 237-239
23-19
Figure imgf000096_0002
Me0~O>— HCI 220-223
23-20 -NHCOCH2-^~ > fy MeO- — 184-185
23-21 -NHCO(CH2)2- ^ fy- MeO-^ -" 214-216
23-22 -NHCO(CH2)2Me 197-198
23-23 -NHCO(CH2)3Me 188-190
Figure imgf000096_0003
23-24 -NHCO(CH2)4Me fy Me0_< >— 167-169
23-25 -NHCOCMe3 f 245-246
Figure imgf000096_0004
23-26 -NHCO→ N^ o- 237-238
Figure imgf000096_0005
23-29 -NHCOCH2-<^> φ- o- 233-234
23-30 -NHCO(CH2)2→ > J- o- 214-216
23-31 -NHCOCMe3 << o- 206-208
Figure imgf000096_0006
23-33 -NHCO(CH2)2Me Ό- o- 212-214
23-34 -NHCO(CH2)3Me o- 232-234
23-35 -NHCO(CH2)4Me o- 245-246
Figure imgf000096_0007
Table 10
Figure imgf000097_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb e mp/°C
23-36 -N CO- "3- O- 219-220
23-37 -NHCOCH2Me ^ Me0-< >— 254-256
23-38
Figure imgf000097_0002
•O" Me0~3~- 255-257
23-39 -NH2
Figure imgf000097_0003
c- - 278-280
23-40 -NHCOMe
N=/ α-O 266-268
23-41 -NHCOCH2Me
Figure imgf000097_0004
C.- - 241-242
23-42 -NH2 fy Me- 286-288
23-43 -NHCOMe fy Me-7Q- 260-261
N=/
23-44 -NHCOCH2Me 226-227
Figure imgf000097_0005
Cl
23-45 -NHCOMe 217-219
N^
Cl
23-46 -NHCOCH2Me 228-229
N=/
23-47 -NHCOMe
Figure imgf000097_0006
23-48 -NHCOCH2Me 39-241
Figure imgf000097_0007
Cl
23-49 -NHCOMe O- 290-293
23-50 -NHCOCH2Me - 289-290
23-51 -NHCOMe Ό- 287-289
Figure imgf000097_0008
Table 11
R bv-S.
IIM'>-Ra
RC A- ~N
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re mp / °C
Me
23-52 -NHCOCH2Me »3- 258-260
23-53 -NHCOMe O- ayy 317-320
23-54 -NHCOCH2Me - o-O- 257-259
23-55 -NHCOMe N^ "•-Q- 308-309
23-56 -NHCOCH2Me ®~ M*2 ~ 249-250
Cl
23-57 -NH2 228-230
N=/
Figure imgf000098_0001
Cl
23-59 -NH2 J- 256-258
Me
23-60 -NH2 >< 255-258
23-61 -NH2 Ό- ~- - >300
23-62 -NH2 o- Mβ→ - 296-298
23-63 -N=C(Me)NMe2 f Ny=/ o- 129-131
23-64 -NHCOMe o- Me°~< >— 282-284
23-65 -NHCOMe f Ny MeO ^ O ύ- 236-239
23-66 -NHCOCH2Me fy Me
222-224
N=/
Figure imgf000098_0002
Table 12
Figure imgf000099_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re mp/°C
MeO
23-68 -NHCOMe N^- ό- 234-236
MeO
23-69 -NHCOCH2Me o- 237-239
23-70 -NHCOH o- MeO
220-222
23-71 -NHCOMe o- o- 294-297
23-72 -NHCOCH2Me 2- o- 267-269
23-73 -N(CH2Me)COMe < - Me0-^ 143-144
23-74 -N((CH2)4Me)COMe o- MeO-cζ — 111-113
23-75
MeCO H2 ^-7 O Me°~< >— 162-164
MeO
23-76 -NH2
N=/
MeO ύ- 206-209
23-77 -NH2 o- 232-234
23-78 -NH2 X 36-239
N=- Cl
2 /
Cl
23-79 -NH2 •O 232-235
Figure imgf000099_0002
Table 13
Figure imgf000100_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re mp / °C
23-83 -NHCO-<f~Vci O" MeO-<^^— 346-348
23-84 -NHCO-^^>-OMe »x MeO- y— 308-310
23-85 -NH2 Ό- HO QX 323-326
23-86 -NHCOMe 59-261
Figure imgf000100_0002
Cl
23-87 -NHCOMe "X 0- 292-293
Figure imgf000100_0003
23-90 -NHCOMe "X MeC00- — 254-257
23-91 -NHCOCH2-^~^ "X Me0~ ^-~ 274-277
23-92 -NHCOMe <χ Me
0- 237-239
23-93 -NHCOMe 7
"^ H0-<Q^ 285-28
Figure imgf000100_0004
23-95 -NHCOMe 272-274
Figure imgf000100_0005
23-96 -NH2 •o- OMe
213-215
23-97 -NHCOMe 259-261
23-98 -NHCO(CH2)4CI 228-229
Figure imgf000100_0006
Table 14
<b .
X XRa
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re mp / °C
23-99 -NHCOMe O ?7^ 254-257
23-100 '? _ J- MeO- y~ 159-160
23-101 - co-ζ~)> Ό- 278-281
Figure imgf000101_0001
23-102 -NHCO-<^N "X MeO- y— 295-297
Figure imgf000101_0002
23-105 -NHCOCHMe2 "X MeO→^^— 227-230
23-106 -NHCOCMe3
Figure imgf000101_0003
MeO-fy— 254-256
23-107 -NHCOCH2CHMe2 261-262
23-108 -NHCONH(CH2)2Me 215-219
Figure imgf000101_0004
Figure imgf000101_0005
23-110 -NHCOMe o- MeCH2-^X 294-295
23-111 -NHCOMe 206-209
Figure imgf000101_0006
23-112 -NHCOMe «x Me(CH2)30-^>— 201-203
23-113 -NHCOMe " Me(CH2)60-^- 210-212
23-114 -NHCO(CH2)3CI MeO- 191-194
Figure imgf000101_0007
Figure imgf000101_0008
Table 15
Figure imgf000102_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re mp / °C
23-116 -NHCO(CH2)5CI « Me0_<0>— 223-225
23-117
Figure imgf000102_0002
MeO
23-118 -NHCOMe " MeO→χV- 265-267
23-119 -NHCOMe o- Me
248-250
23-120 -NHCOMe Me2CH-f%— 295-297
23-121 -NHCO(CH2)2COOCH2Me
Figure imgf000102_0003
MeO-fy— 261-264
23-122 -NHCO(CH2)2COOH 334-336
Figure imgf000102_0004
Figure imgf000102_0005
23-125 -NH2 248-250
Figure imgf000102_0006
23-126 -NH2 »x o^ 273-275
23-127 -NHCOMe o^ 295-296
23-128 -NHCOMe X 284-286
23-129 -NHCOMe X 289-291
Figure imgf000102_0007
Table 16
Rb s
Figure imgf000103_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Rc Additive mp / °C
23-130 -NHCOCHMe2 " Me2CH-Q»— 284-285
23-131 -NHCOCMe3 o- Me2CH-^ - 293-295
23-132 -NHCONH(CH2)2Me Me2CH-Q)— 287-288
Figure imgf000103_0002
Figure imgf000103_0003
23-134 -NH2 «x Me2N" >_ 309-311
23-135 -CH2COOCH2Me "X MeO-<Q>— HCl 150-152
Figure imgf000103_0004
23-137 -NHCOMe "X Me3C_< h~ 280-281
23-138 -NHCOCHMe2 »x Me3C-^— 303-304
23-139 -NHCOCMe3 « Me3C-<^— 317-319
23-140 -NHCOMe o- 342-345 -
23-141 -NHCOCHMe2 " y- 297-298
23-142 -NHCOCMe3 « ^ - 313-315
23-143 -NH2 " Me3C-X— 254-257
23-144 -NH2 " Q 261-264
23-145 -CH2COOH N MeO→^X 135-137
23-146 -CH2CONHMe MeO- " — 129-130
Figure imgf000103_0005
Table 17
<b -
Jf XRa
RC A-^MN
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Re mp / °C
23-147 -Me O- MeO→ — 132-133
23-148 -NHCOMe " 256-258
Figure imgf000104_0001
23-149 -NHCOCHMe2 « Me(CH2)2-^— 269-272
23-150
Figure imgf000104_0002
Me(CH2)2→Qx 240-242
23-151 -NHCOMe »x Me(CH2)3-^>— 259-261
23-152 -NHCOMe N Me(CH2 ) 5-£3— 237-239
23-153 -NHCOMe " 296-298
Figure imgf000104_0003
23-154 -NHCOCHMe2 » CF30-^— 285-286
23-155 -NHCOCF3 X" MeO- y~ 260-262
23-156 -NHCONHCH2Me
Figure imgf000104_0004
MeO-χ — 224-226
23-157 -NHCONHCH2Me " Me2CH- — 181-183
23-158 -NH2 O- Me(CH2)2-HQ)— 240-242
23-159 -NH2 N Me(CH2)3-<^— 204-206
23-160 -NH2 Me(CH2)5-<Q>— 178-179
Figure imgf000104_0005
Figure imgf000104_0006
23-163 -NHCOCH2Me 295-297
Figure imgf000104_0007
23-164 -NHCO-(\~)> " Me3C-^— 292-294
Figure imgf000104_0008
Table 18
R°>rS.
Rc X X"
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Rc mp / °C
23-166 -NHCO-^^N " Me3C→ ~~ 326-329
Figure imgf000105_0001
23-168 -NHCO→ ] " e3C-^— 309-311
23-169 -NHCONHCH2Me o- Me3C-ζy 289-292
23-170 -NHCONH(CH2)2Me o- Me3C Q" 212-214
23-171 -NHCOCH2OMe X Me3C-ζ 248-249
23-172 -NHCOMe 228-230
Figure imgf000105_0002
23-173 -NHCOCH2Me <x Me3C-<^— 244-246
N^
23-174 -NHCOCHMe2
Figure imgf000105_0003
Me3C-ζy 228-229
Figure imgf000105_0004
23-176 -NHCO <x Me3C- y 216-218
N=/
23-177 -NHCO-<
Figure imgf000105_0005
Me3C- - 218-220
/=N
23-178 -NHCO-^> <χ N^ Me3c^ ^ 251-253
23-179 -NHCO→TΛl <χ N=/ Me3c- — 271-273
23-180 -NHCONHCH2Me <χ Me3C-ζy 302-305
N^
23-181 -NHCONH(CH2)2Me Me3C- ~ 190-192
N=/
Figure imgf000105_0006
Table 19
<bv.s.
Rc J >- a 'L I
N
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb R. mp/°C
23-184 -NHCOMe " <-o- 328-330
23-185 -NHCOCH2Me ~ CF3H 284-286
23-186 -NHCOCHMe2 o- Cf,yy 274-275
Figure imgf000106_0001
23-189 -NHCO-<^ ^ <-o- 272-273
Figure imgf000106_0002
23-191 -NHCO-VMN "X °κ-Q- 263-264
23-192 -NHCONHCH2Me <-o- 206-207
23-193 -NHCONH(CH2)2Me
Figure imgf000106_0003
CF-C- 208-210
23-194 -NHCOCH2Me " 291-293
Figure imgf000106_0004
23-195 -NHCOCHMe2 »x
Figure imgf000106_0005
Figure imgf000106_0006
23-198 -NHCO-< ] o- 275-278
Figure imgf000106_0007
Table 20 v -sS, y I --M '>~Ra
Rc' n
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra Rb R Rcc mp / °C
Figure imgf000107_0001
23-200 302-304
Figure imgf000107_0002
23-201 -NHCONHCH,Me 202-203
Figure imgf000107_0003
23-202 -NHCONH(CH2)2Me
Figure imgf000107_0004
23-203 -NHCOCH2OMe N O' x) —- 220-222
Figure imgf000107_0005
23-204 -NH2 237-240
23-205 -NHCOMe 288-289
23-206 -NHCOCH2Me 292-293
23-207 -NHCOCHMe2 253-254
Figure imgf000107_0006
23-208 -NHCOCH2-Q> C/ 235-238
Figure imgf000107_0007
Table 21
R s
Figure imgf000108_0001
Ref. Ex. Compd. Ra R_ Rc Additive mp / °C
Figure imgf000108_0002
23-210 -NHCO 277-278
Figure imgf000108_0003
Figure imgf000108_0004
23-212 -NHCONHCH2Me
23-213 -NHCONH(CH2)2Mc i
Figure imgf000108_0005
23-214 -COOCH2Me X MeO-fy— 149-150
23-215 -NHCOCH2NMe2 X Me3c2ζy 230-231
Figure imgf000108_0006
23-217 -NHCOMe 195-197
23-218 -NHCOMe 266-270
Figure imgf000108_0007
Figure imgf000108_0008
23-220 -NHCOMe " MeCH20C0CH20-<ζ — 239-244
23-221 -NHCOMe X H0C0CH20→ — HCl 237-242
23-222 V 0 NH o- Me0_ 3 248-250 Example 1
N-Methyl [ 5-phenyl-4- ( 3-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2-yl] amine
To a solution of N-methylthiourea (484 mg) in acetonitrile (40 mL), was added 2-bromo-2-phenyl- 1- (3- pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide (2.0 g) , and then triethylamine (0.8 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture with stirring. After addition, the resulting mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 h and the solvent was evaporated. An aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the residue and extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were washed with water, dried and the solvent was evaporated. The crystalline residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate-isopropyl ether to give the title compound (1.2 g, yield 80 %) . mp 144-145°C.
Example 2
[ 5-Phenyl-4- ( 3-pyridyl ) -1 , 3-thiazol-2-yl] amine To a mixture of 2-bromo-2-phenyl- 1- (3- pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide (2.00 g) and thiourea (432 mg) in acetonitrile (30 mL) , was added triethylamine (0.80 mL) dropwise and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C for 3 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and an aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate was added to the residue. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phases were washed with water, dried and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the amorphous title compound (1.10 g, yield 84 %).
XH-NMR (CDC13) δ : 5.31 (2H, br s), 7.13-7.29 (6H, m) ,
7.76 (IH, dt, J = 7.8, 1.8 Hz), 8.46 (IH, dd, J = 5.0, 1.8 Hz), 8.70 (IH, d, J = 1.8 Hz).
Example 3
N-[5-Phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]acetamide To a solution of [ 5-phenyl-4- ( 3-pyridyl) -1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl]amine (1.10 g, 4.34 mmol) in N,N- dimethylacetamide (20 mL) was added acetyl chloride (680 mg, 8.68 mmol) and stirred at 80° C for 3 h. Water was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic phases were washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was recrystallized from chloroform-ethyl ether to give the title compound (750 mg, yield 59 %). mp 264-267°C.
Example 4
Using 2-bromo-2- [ 4 - ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl ] - 1- (4-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide and 2-bromo-2- (3, 5- dimethylphenyl ) - 1- ( 4-pyridyl ) ethanone hydrobromide instead of using 2-bromo-2-phenyl- 1- (3-pyridyl) ethanone hydrobromide, the below Example Compounds 4-1 and 4-2 were obtained in the same manner as described in above Example 2.
Example Compound 4-1:
[ 5- [ 4- ( 1 , 1-dimethylethyl )phenyl ] -4- ( 4-pyridyl ) -1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl ] amine mp 275-277°C. Example Compound 4-2:
[ 5- ( 3 , 5-dimethylphenyl ) -4- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2- yl] amine mp 262-263° C.
Example 5
Using [ 5- [4- ( 1, 1-dimethylethyl)phenyl] -4- (4- pyridyl) -1,3-thiazol-2-yl] amine and [5- (3, 5- dimethylphenyl) -4- ( 4-pyridyl) -1 , 3-thiazol-2-yl]amine instead of using [ 5-phenyl-4- (3-pyridyl) -1, 3-thiazol-2- yl] amine, the below Example Compounds 5-1 and 5-2 were obtained in the same manner as described in above Example 3 .
Example Compound 5- 1 :
N-[5-[4-(l,l- imethylethyl )phenyl ] -4- ( 4-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3- thiazol-2-yl] acetamide mp 245-246° C.
Example Compound 5-2:
N-[5-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-4-(4-pyridyl)-l,3-thiazol-2- yl] acetamide mp 304-308° C.
Example 6
2-Ethyl-5-phenyl-4-(3-pyridyl)- 1,3-thiazole
Using propanethioamide instead of using N- methylthiourea, the title compound was obtained in the same manner as described in the above Example 1. mp 144-145° C
Example 7
4- [ 5-Phenyl-4- ( 3-pyridyl ) - 1 , 3-thiazol-2-yl] butyric acid A solution of methyl 4- [ 5-phenyl-4- ( 3-pyridyl) - l,3-thiazol-2-yl]butyrate (4.1 g) , which was obtained in the same manner as described in the above Example 1 using 4- (methoxycarbonyl )butanethioamide instead of using N-methylthiourea, in methanol (15 mL) was added to an 8N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 mL) and stirred at 80° C for 2h. The mixture was adjusted to pH 6.0 with 2N hydrochloric acid and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water, dried and the solvent was evaporate. The residue was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to afford the title compound (3.4 g, yield 87 %). mp 141-142° C
Example 8 4- [2-Acetylamino-4-(3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -1, 3-thiazol-5- yl] pyridine 1-oxide To a suspension of N- [4- (3, 5-dimethylphenyl) -5- (4- pyridyl)-1, 3-thiazol-2-yl] acetamide (1.0 g) in chloroform (30 mL), was added 70% m-chloroperbenzoic acid (0.80 g) , and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, and the residue was treated with an aqueous saturated solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate. The formed crystalline residue was washed with water, dried and recrystallized from ethanol to obtain the title compound (0.55 g, yield 53 %). mp 332-334° C
The chemical structures obtained in Examples 1 to 8 are shown in Table 22.
Table 22
Figure imgf000113_0001
Ex. Compd. Ra Rb Ro
Figure imgf000113_0002
2 -NH2 o- <χ N=/
3 -NHCOMe o- <χ N^
Figure imgf000113_0003
5-1 -NHCOMe Me3C- y~ "
5-2 -NHCOMe
Figure imgf000113_0004
Figure imgf000113_0005
Me
8 -NHCOMe
Figure imgf000113_0006
Me fy
Formulation Example 1
(1) Reference Example Compound 13-89 50 mg
(2) Lactose 34 mg
(3) Corn starch 10.6 mg
(4) Corn starch (paste) 5 mg
(5) Magnesium stearate 0.4 mg
(6) Calcium carboxymethyl cellulose 20 mg
Total 120 mg (1) to (6) were mixed in an ordinary manner, and tabletted into tablets using a tabletting machine.
Experimental Example 1 The following procedures in this Example were carried out according to the methods described in Molecular Cloning - Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory (1989) or protocol specified by manufacturers.
(1) Cloning of human adenosine A3 receptor Cloning of the human adenosine A3 receptor gene was carried out by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) from human brain cDNA. Using 1 ng of brain cDNA (Quick-Clone cDNA, TOYOBO, Osaka) as template, PCR was performed in DNA Thermal Cycler 480 (Perkin Elmer, Foster, CA) (reaction conditions: 35 cycles of 1 min at 95 °C, 1 min at 66 °C, and 2 min at 75 °C) by mixing primers (50 pmol each),
5 ' -CGCCTCTAGACAAGATGCCCAACAACAGCACTGC-3 ' [ Sequence No . 1] and 5'-CGGGGTCGACACTACTCAGAATTCTTCTCAATGC-3' [Sequence No. 2], which were designed referring to nucleotide sequence of adenosine A3 receptor gene reported by Salvatore et. al., (Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U. S. A., 90:10365-10369, 1993) and TaKaRa LA PCR Kit Ver.2 (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto) in a Thermal cycler 480 (Parkin Elmer). The PCR product was electrophoresed and 1.0 kb DNA fragment was recovered. The DNA fragment encoding adenosine A3 receptor was cloned using Original TA Cloning Kit (FUNAKOSHI, Tokyo) Thus obtained plasmid was digested with Xba I (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto), blunted with T4 DNA polymerase (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd. , Kyoto) and digested with Sal I (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto) to obtain adenosine A3 receptor gene fragment .
(2) Construction of human adenosine A3 receptor expression plasmid The SRα promoter from pTB1411 disclosed in JP-A-5- 076385 was ligated into the pCI vector (Promega, Tokyo), which was digested with Bgl II (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto), blunted and digested with EcoRl (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd. , Kyoto) subsequently. The resulting plasmid, designated as pCI-SRα, was then digested with Cla I (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto) and blunted with T4 DNA polymerase (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto). On the other hand, pGFP-Cl (TOYOBO, Osaka) was digested with Bsu 361 (DAIICHIKAGAKUYAKUHIN, Tokyo) and the 1.63kb fragment was recovered after the blunting with T4 DNA polymerase to ligate to the pCI-SRα vector using DNA Ligation kit (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto). The ligation mixture was used to transform E. coli JM109 competent cells (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto). The resulting plasmid thus obtained was designated as pMSRαneo. pMSRαneo was digested with EcoRΪ (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto), blunted with T4 DNA polymerase (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto) and then digested with Sal I (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto). After the reaction mixture was fractionated on agarose gel, the DNA at size of 5.4 kb was ligated with adenosine A3 receptor obtained in the above (1) by using DNA Ligation kit (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto). The ligation mixture was used to transform E.coli JM109 competent cells (TaKaRa Shuzo Co. Ltd., Kyoto). The plasmid thus obtained was designated as pA3SRα.
(3) Transfection of adenosine A3 receptor expression plasmid into CHO (dhfr~) and the expression CHO (dhfr~) cells were grown on Ham's F-12 medium (Nihon Seiyaku, Tokyo) supplement with 10 % fetal bovine serum (Life Tech Oriental; Life Technologies, Inc., Rockville, MD, USA) in a 750 ml Tissue culture flask (Becton Dickinson, Mt. View, CA) . The growing cells were treated with 0.5g/l trypsin-0.2g/l EDTA (Life Technologies, Inc., Rockville, MD, USA) to harvest, washed with PBS (Life Technologies, Inc., Rockville, MD, USA), centrifugated at 1000 rpm for 5 min, and suspended in PBS. Transfection with pA3SR into the cell was performed by electroporation using a Bio-Rad/Gene Pulser (Bio-Rad, Tokyo) at 0.25 V/960 μF
(8 x 106 cells/10 μg DNA/0.4 cm electrode gap cuvette). The transfected cells were transferred into Ham's F-12 medium containing 10 % fetal bovine serum, cultivated for 24 hours, harvested, suspended in Ham's F-12 media supplement with 10 % fetal bovine serum and 500 μg/ml geneticin (Life Technologies Inc., Rockville, MD, USA) at a cell density of 104 cells/ml. The cells were plated onto 96 well plates (Becton Dickinson, Mt . View, CA) containing Ham's F-12 media supplement with 10 % fetal bovine serum and 500 μg/ml geneticin (Life Technologies Inc., Rockville, MD, USA) at a cell density of 104 cells/ml. The geneticin resistant cells thus obtained were further cultivated on 24 well plates (Becton Dickinson, Mt . View, CA) and the cells expressing adenosine A3 receptor were selected from them as follows. The cells were incubated in assay buffer I (HBSS (Wako chemicals, Osaka) containing 0.1 % BSA, 0.25 mM PMSF, 1 μg/ml pepstatin, and 20 μg/ml leupeptin) to which was added 50 pM 125I-AB-MECA (Amersham) as ligand, for 1 hour, and washed with assay buffer I . The radioactivity associated with the cell was measured in a γ-counter to select A3AR/CHO cells which specifically bind to the ligand.
(4) Cell membrane preparation of the transfectant expressing adenosine A3 receptor
After A3AR/CH0 cells obtained in the above (3) were cultivated in Ham's F-12 medium containing 10 % fetal bovine serum for 2 days , the cells were treated with PBS plus 0.02% EDTA, centrifuged to collect, resuspended in assay buffer II (50 mM Tris-HCl (pH7.5),
1 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl2, 0.25 mM PMSF, 1 μg/ml pepstatin, and 20 μg/ml leupeptin) and homogenized using Polytron homogenizer (PT-3000, KINEMATICA AG: 20,000 rpm, 20 sec, 3 times). This suspension was centrifuged at 2,000 rpm for 10 min and supernatant fraction containing cell membranes was obtained. The supernatant fraction was ultra-centrifuged at 30,000 rpm (model L8-70M, rotor 70Ti, Beckman) for 1 hour. Thus obtained pellet was resuspended in assay buffer II containing 2 unit/ml adenosine deaminase (Boehriger Mannheim, Tokyo) and incubated at 30 °C for 30 min. The suspension was ultra-centrifuged under the same condition as above and the cell membrane fraction was obtained as the pellet . (5) Binding assays with adenosine A3 receptor
10 nM of [3H]-NECA (Amersham Life Sciences, Inc., Tokyo) as ligand was added to the reaction mixture including test compound at various concentration and
100 μg/ml of membranes obtained in (4) in assay buffer II. The reaction mixture was incubated for 1 hour at room temperature and filtrated through the Unifilter GF/C (Packard Instrument Company, Tokyo) to transfer the membrane onto the filter, using Cell Harvester
(Packard Instrument Company, Tokyo). The filter was washed three times with ice-cold 50 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.5), and dried. Then, Microscint-0 was placed on the filter and radioactivity retained on the filter was determined by Top-Count (Packard Instrument Company,
Tokyo) . Curve-fit and the concentration that inhibits
50 % specific binding (IC5Q) to the membrane of [3H]-
NECA were calculated by program Prizm 2.01 (Graph Pad Software, San Diego). Results are shown in Table 23
Table 23
Reference Compound No. IC50 (nM) 10 0.27
13-89 0.55
13-92 0.70
This result shows that the compound ( I ) has a high affinity for adenosine A3 receptor.
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY Since compound (I) containing compounds (la), (lb) and (lc) has a potent A3 adenosine receptor antagonistic activity and low toxicity, it is useful as A3 adenosine receptor antagonist and can be used as a prophylactic and therapeutic agent for asthma, allergosis, inflammation, Addison's diseases, autoallergic hemolytic anemia, Crohn ' s diseases, psoriasis, rheumatism, diabetes and so on.

Claims

1. A pharmaceutical composition for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors which comprises a 1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted.
2. A composition of claim 1, wherein the 1,3-azole compound is a compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000119_0001
wherein R1 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, a heterocyclic group which may be substituted, an amino which may be substituted or an acyl; at least one of R2 and R3 represents a hydrogen atom, a pyridyl which may be substituted or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, and the other represents a pyridyl which may be substituted; and
X represents a sulfur atom which may be oxidized, an oxygen atom or a group of the formula: NR4 wherein R4 represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted or an acyl; or a salt thereof, which may be N-oxidized.
3. A composition of claim 2, wherein R1 is (i) a hydrogen atom,
(ii) a C-^g alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_g alkynyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, Cg_14 aryl or C7_^ aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents,
(iii) a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms, which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents,
(iv) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of
(a) a C-L.g alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_6 cycloalkyl, Cg_14 aryl or C7_16 aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents,
(b) a C-L_g alkylidene group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents,
(c) a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents, and
(d) an acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 wherein R5 is
(i') a hydrogen atom, (ii') a C^.g alkyl, C2_g alkenyl, C2_g alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, Cg_14 aryl or C7_16 aralkyl group which may be substituted by
1 to 5 substituents or (iii') a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents; R6 is a hydrogen atom or C-^.g alkyl; and R7 is (i') a C-^g alkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, Cg_14 aryl or C7_16 aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents or (ii') a 5- to 14-membered heterocyclic group containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms , which group may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents , (v) a 5- to 7-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C^.g alkyl, Cg_14 aryl, C^.g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10- membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo, or (vi) an acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 wherein each symbol is as defined above; at least one of R2 and R3 is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents or (iii) a Cg_14 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents in which a substituent can form, together with a neighboring substituent, a 4- to 7-membered non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; and the other is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents; and
X is a sulfur atom which may be oxidized, an oxygen atom or a group of the formula: NR4 wherein R4 is (i) a hydrogen atom, (ii) a C-^ alkyl, C2_g alkenyl, C2_g alkynyl, C3_g cycloalkyl, Cg_14 aryl or C7_16 aralkyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents or (iii) an acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5,
-(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or -S02-R7 wherein each symbol is as defined above, wherein the above "substituents" are selected from the group consisting of (1) halogen atoms, (2) C1-3 alkylenedioxy, (3) nitro, (4) cyano, (5) optionally halogenated C1-6 alkyl, (6) optionally halogenated C2_6 alkenyl, (7) carboxy C2_6 alkenyl, (8) optionally halogenated C2_g alkynyl, (9) optionally halogenated c3-6 cycloalkyl, (10) Cg_14 aryl, (11) optionally halogenated C-j^ alkoxy, (12) C1-6 alkoxy-carbonyl-C1-6 alkoxy, (13) hydroxy, (14) C6_14 aryloxy, (15) C7_16 aralkyloxy, (16) mercapto, (17) optionally halogenated C-L.g alkylthio, (18) Cg_14 arylthio, (19) C7_16 aralkylthio, (20) amino, (21) mono-C^g alkylamino,
(22) mono-Cg_14 arylamino, (23) di-C1_g alkylamino,
(24) di-Cg_14 arylamino, (25) formyl, (26) carboxy, (27) C╬╗_e alkyl-carbonyl, (28) C3_6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl,
(29) C"L_g alkoxy-carbonyl, (30) Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl,
(31) C7_16 aralkyl-carbonyl, (32) Cg_14 aryloxy- carbonyl, (33) C7_16 aralkyloxy-carbonyl, (34) 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbonyl, (35) carbamoyl, (36) mono-C-L.g alkyl-carbamoyl, (37) di-C1_g alkyl-carbamoyl,
(38) Cg_ 4 aryl-carbamoyl, (39) 5- or 6-membered heterocycle carbamoyl, (40) C^.g alkylsulfonyl , (41) c6-14 arylsulfonyl, (42) formylamino, (43) C^.g alkyl- carbonylamino , (44) Cg_14 aryl-carbonylamino, (45) C^.g alkoxy-carbonylamino, (46) C^_g alkylsulfonylamino ,
(47) Cg_14 arylsulfonylamino , (48) C-^.g alkyl- carbonyloxy, (49) Cg_14 aryl-carbonyloxy, (50) C-^.g alkoxy-carbonyloxy, (51) mono-Cj.g alkyl-carbamoyloxy,
(52) di-C-L_g alkyl-carbamoyloxy, (53) Cg_14 aryl- carbamoyloxy, (54) nicotinoyloxy, (55) 5- to 7-membered saturated cyclic amino which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C-L_6 alkyl, Cg_14 aryl, C-^.g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10- membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo, (56) 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and (57) sulfo.
4. A composition of claim 2 , wherein R1 is an amino which may be substituted.
5. A composition of claim 3, wherein R1 is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula: -(C=0)-R5, -(C=0)-OR5, -(C=0)-NR5R6, -(C=S)-NHR5 or
-S02-R7.
6. A composition of claim 3 , wherein R is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula:
-(C=0)-R5 or -(C=0)-NR5R6.
7. A composition of claim 3, wherein R1 is a 5- to 7- membered non-aromatic cyclic amino optionally containing 1 to 4 hetero atoms selected from the group consisting of nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen atoms in addition to carbon atoms and at least one nitrogen atom, which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, Cg_14 aryl, C^.g alkyl-carbonyl, 5- to 10-membered aromatic heterocyclic group and oxo.
8. A composition of claim 2, wherein X is S.
9. A composition of claim 2, wherein R2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted.
10. A composition of claim 2, wherein R3 is a C _^4 aryl which may be substituted.
11. A composition of claim 3, wherein R^ is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 acyl of the formula:
-(C=0)-R5 or -(C=0)-NR5R6;
R2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 C1-6 alkyl ;
R3 is a Cg_14 aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C-j^g alkyl, optionally halogenated C1_g alkoxy and carboxy; and X is S .
12. A composition of claim 2, wherein R1 is (i) a C-^.g alkyl, C3_g cycloalkyl or Cg_10 aryl group which may be substituted by 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms , optionally halogenated C^.g alkyl, carboxy C2_g alkenyl, optionally halogenated C^_g alkoxy, C-^.g alkoxy- carbonyl-C-^.g alkoxy, hydroxy, amino, mono-C1_g alkylamino, carboxy, C^_g alkoxy-carbonyl, mono-C^.g alkyl-carbamoyl and Cg_1 aryl-carbonylamino,
(ii) a 5-membered heterocyclic group, (iii) an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of (1) C╬╗_6 alkyl, (2) C6_14 aryl, (3) C7_16 aralkyl, (4) 6- membered heterocyclic group, (5) a C1_g alkyl-carbonyl, c 3-6 cycloalkyl-carbonyl, Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl, C7_16 aralkyl-carbonyl, C^_g alkyl-carbamoyl or 5- or 6- membered heterocycle carbonyl group which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy, carboxy and C1-6 alkoxy-carbonyl, and (6) di-
C _g alkylamino-C-^.g alkylidene,
(iv) a 5- or 6-membered non-aromatic cyclic amino which may be substituted by C-^.g alkyl-carbonyl or oxo, or (v) carboxy;
R2 is a pyridyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 C-L.g alkyl;
R3 is a Cg_-LQ aryl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, C1_3 alkylenedioxy, optionally halogenated C^_g alkyl, carboxy C2_g alkenyl. optionally halogenated C-^.g alkoxy, hydroxy, C7_-^g aralkyloxy and C^.g alkyl-carbonyloxy, in which the alkyl group can form, together with a neighboring alkyl group, a 5-membered non-aromatic carbocyclic ring; and X is S.
13. An adenosine A3 receptor antagonist which comprises a 1,3-azole compound substituted on the 4- or 5-position, or both, by a pyridyl which may be substituted.
14. A composition of claim 1, which is for preventing and/or treating asthma or allergosis.
15. A compound of the formula:
Figure imgf000125_0001
wherein Rla represents (i) an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted, (ii) an amino which may be substituted by substituent (s) selected from the group consisting of a substituted carbonyl and a hydrocarbon group which may be substituted, (iii) a cyclic amino which may be substituted or (iv) an acyl;
R 2a represents an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may be substituted; and
R3a represents a pyridyl which may be substituted, or a salt thereof .
16. A compound of claim 15, wherein Rla is an amino which may be substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from the group consisting of C-^.g alkyl, C^_g alkyl-carbonyl, Cg_14 aryl-carbonyl and C^.g alkyl- carbamoyl; R2a is a phenyl which may be substituted by 1 to 3 substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen atoms, optionally halogenated C^_g alkyl and optionally halogenated Cj^.g alkoxy; and
R3a is a pyridyl.
17. A process for producing of a compound of Claim 15, which comprises reacting a compound of the formula:
_2a 3a
R -CH-COR I Hal wherein Hal represents halogen atoms and other symbols are as defined in claim 15, or a salt thereof with a compound of the formula:
ΓÇ₧la
R -C-NH
II 2 s wherein Rla is as defined in claim 15, or a salt thereof, optionally in the presence of a base.
18. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of claim 15.
19. A composition of claim 18 which is an agent for antagonizing adenosine at adenosine A3 receptors.
20. A composition of claim 18 which is for preventing and/or treating asthma or allergosis.
21. A method for preventing and/or treating diseases related to adenosine A3 receptor in mammal, which comprises administering to said mammal an effective amount of a compound of claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient , carrier or diluent .
22. Use of a compound of claim 1 or a salt thereof for manufacturing a pharmaceutical composition for preventing and/or treating diseases related to adenosine A3 receptor.
PCT/JP1998/004837 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists WO1999021555A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AT98950388T ATE257703T1 (en) 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 1,3-THIAZOLES AS ADENOSINE A3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR THE TREATMENT OF ASTHMA, ALLERGIES AND DIABETES
EP98950388A EP1027050B1 (en) 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 1,3-thiazoles as adenosine a3 receptor antagonists for the treatment of allergy, asthma and diabetes
US09/463,639 US6436966B1 (en) 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 Adenosine A3 receptor antagonists
AU96480/98A AU9648098A (en) 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists
DE69821132T DE69821132T2 (en) 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 1,3-THIAZOLE AS ADENOSINE A3 RECEPTOR ANTAGONISTS FOR TREATING ASTHMA, ALLERGIES AND DIABETES
CA002302417A CA2302417A1 (en) 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists
US10/161,181 US6620825B1 (en) 1997-10-27 2002-06-03 Adenosine A3 receptor antagonists

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP29448597 1997-10-27
JP9/294485 1997-10-27

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/161,181 Division US6620825B1 (en) 1997-10-27 2002-06-03 Adenosine A3 receptor antagonists

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO1999021555A2 true WO1999021555A2 (en) 1999-05-06
WO1999021555A3 WO1999021555A3 (en) 1999-07-22

Family

ID=17808383

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP1998/004837 WO1999021555A2 (en) 1997-10-27 1998-10-26 Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US6436966B1 (en)
EP (1) EP1027050B1 (en)
JP (1) JPH11193281A (en)
AT (1) ATE257703T1 (en)
AU (1) AU9648098A (en)
CA (1) CA2302417A1 (en)
DE (1) DE69821132T2 (en)
WO (1) WO1999021555A2 (en)

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999064418A1 (en) * 1998-06-05 1999-12-16 Novartis Ag Aryl pyridinyl thiazoles
WO2000064894A1 (en) * 1999-04-23 2000-11-02 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole compounds, process for producing the same and use thereof
WO2001010865A1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-02-15 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. p38MAP KINASE INHIBITORS
WO2001027094A1 (en) * 1999-10-12 2001-04-19 Japan Tobacco Inc. Hypertriglyceridemia remedies and antiobestics
WO2001064674A1 (en) * 2000-03-01 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. 2,4-disubstituted thiazolyl derivatives
WO2001074811A2 (en) * 2000-03-30 2001-10-11 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Substituted 1,3-thiazole compounds, their production and use
WO2002014282A1 (en) * 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 Eisai Co., Ltd. 2-aminopyridine compounds and use thereof as drugs
WO2002062776A1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2002-08-15 Glaxo Group Limited 2-amino-4-(pyridin-2-yl)-thiazole derivatives as transforming growth factor beta (tgf-beta) inhibitors
US6608072B1 (en) * 1999-10-27 2003-08-19 Novartis Ag Thiazole compounds and their pharmaceutical use
US6645990B2 (en) 2000-08-15 2003-11-11 Amgen Inc. Thiazolyl urea compounds and methods of uses
EP1364949A1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2003-11-26 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Jnk inhibitor
EP1390068A1 (en) * 2001-05-18 2004-02-25 Endacea, Inc. Methods and formulations of using a1 adenosine and p2x purinoreceptor antagonists
US6987119B2 (en) 2000-03-06 2006-01-17 Smithkline Beecham P.L.C. Imidazol-2-carboxamide derivatives as raf kinase inhibitors
US7067537B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2006-06-27 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Substituted thiazole derivatives bearing 3-pyridyl groups, process for preparing the same and use thereof
WO2006137527A1 (en) 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Thiazole derivative
US7163952B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2007-01-16 Japan Tobacco Inc. Azole compound and medicinal use thereof
WO2007015528A1 (en) 2005-08-02 2007-02-08 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Agent for treating and/or preventing sleep disorder
WO2007031440A2 (en) 2005-09-13 2007-03-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. 2-aniline-4-aryl substituted thiazole derivatives
US7199137B2 (en) 2000-09-21 2007-04-03 Smithkline Beecham Plc Imidazole derivatives as Raf kinase inhibitors
EP2198710A1 (en) 2008-12-19 2010-06-23 Bayer CropScience AG Use of 5-pyridin-4yl-(1,3) thiazoles for combating phytopathogenic fungi
US8049016B2 (en) 2008-02-20 2011-11-01 Novartis Ag Thiazole derivatives which inhibit stearoyl-CoA desaturase enzymes
US8063084B2 (en) 2006-08-15 2011-11-22 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds suitable for the treatment of diseases related to elevated lipid levels
US8227462B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2012-07-24 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxamide derivatives
US8293753B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-10-23 Novartis Ag Substituted 2-carboxamide cycloamino ureas
US8404851B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2013-03-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1,3,5-trisubstituted triazole derivative
US8404684B2 (en) 2003-05-02 2013-03-26 Novartis Ag Inhibitors of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
CN103002893A (en) * 2010-07-30 2013-03-27 东丽株式会社 Therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent for neuropathic pain
US8440701B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2013-05-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Trisubstituted 1,2,4 triazoles
US8778974B2 (en) 2008-03-19 2014-07-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Trisubstituted 1,2,4 triazoles
US8779158B2 (en) 2008-05-09 2014-07-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Trisubstituted pyrazoles as acetylcholine receptor modulators
US8940771B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2015-01-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP3002283A1 (en) 2003-12-26 2016-04-06 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Thiazole derivatives
ES2578363A1 (en) * 2015-01-22 2016-07-26 Palobiofarma, S.L. Modulators of a3 adenosine receptors (Machine-translation by Google Translate, not legally binding)
US9663529B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2017-05-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
CN107400124A (en) * 2017-09-14 2017-11-28 刘双伟 A kind of nicotinamide compound, synthetic route and its application in Claritin is prepared
US9914740B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2018-03-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
WO2018045906A1 (en) * 2016-09-08 2018-03-15 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 2-acylaminothiazole derivative and preparation method therefor and use thereof
WO2018134464A1 (en) 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 Palobiofarma, S.L. Adenosine a3 receptor modulators
CN109293652A (en) * 2017-07-24 2019-02-01 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 A kind of substituted thiazole and application thereof
US10653673B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2020-05-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted imidazoles as N-type calcium channel blockers

Families Citing this family (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999021555A2 (en) * 1997-10-27 1999-05-06 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists
MXPA02005106A (en) 1999-11-22 2002-11-07 Smithkline Beecham Plc Novel compounds.
GB0028383D0 (en) 2000-11-21 2001-01-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0112348D0 (en) * 2001-05-19 2001-07-11 Smithkline Beecham Plc Compounds
EP1432703A1 (en) * 2001-09-05 2004-06-30 Smithkline Beecham Plc Heterocycle-carboxamide derivatives as raf kinase inhibitors
AR038966A1 (en) * 2002-03-18 2005-02-02 Solvay Pharm Bv DERIVATIVES OF TIAZOL THAT HAVE ANTAGONIST, AGONIST OR PARTIAL AGONIST ACTIVITY OF CB1
ES2323421T3 (en) 2002-09-18 2009-07-15 Pfizer Products Inc. NEW OXAZOL COMPOUNDS AS INHIBITORS OF THE GROWTH FACTOR TRANSFORMER (TGF).
WO2004026307A1 (en) * 2002-09-18 2004-04-01 Pfizer Products Inc. Triazole derivatives as transforming growth factor (tgf) inhibitors
JPWO2004069824A1 (en) * 2003-02-07 2006-05-25 第一製薬株式会社 Pyrazole derivative
GB0326601D0 (en) * 2003-11-14 2003-12-17 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US20050227989A1 (en) * 2004-04-13 2005-10-13 Icagen, Inc. Polycyclic thiazoles as potassium ion channel modulators
CN101061115A (en) * 2004-09-22 2007-10-24 H.隆德贝克有限公司 2-acylaminothiazole derivatives
TW200815428A (en) * 2006-08-15 2008-04-01 Wyeth Corp Oxazolidone derivatives as PR modulators
WO2008021338A2 (en) * 2006-08-15 2008-02-21 Wyeth Tricyclic oxazolidone derivatives useful as pr modulators
WO2010009190A1 (en) * 2008-07-16 2010-01-21 King Pharmaceuticals Research And Development, Inc. Methods of treating atherosclerosis
TWI435874B (en) * 2008-10-31 2014-05-01 Toray Industries A cyclohexane derivative and the medical and pharmaceutical use
DE102011083259A1 (en) * 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 Beiersdorf Ag Alkylamidothiazoles, their cosmetic or dermatological use and cosmetic or dermatological preparations containing such Alkylamidothiazolen

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2856909A1 (en) * 1978-12-28 1980-07-17 Schering Ag NEW IMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING THEM
EP0149884A2 (en) * 1983-09-09 1985-07-31 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 5-Pyridyl-1,3-thiazole derivatives, their production and use
DE3601411A1 (en) * 1986-01-20 1987-07-23 Nattermann A & Cie 3-Amino-1-(2-thiazolyl)-2-pyrazolines, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical preparations containing these
WO1993015071A1 (en) * 1992-01-27 1993-08-05 Smithkline Beecham Intercredit B.V. Thiazolyl-pyridine derivatives and their use as gastric acid secretion inhibitors
WO1993021168A1 (en) * 1992-04-10 1993-10-28 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. Thiazole-substituted benzyl alcohols as leukotriene antagonists
WO1995011681A1 (en) * 1993-10-29 1995-05-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Human adenosine receptor antagonists
WO1997035856A1 (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-10-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel treatment for cns injuries
WO1997035855A1 (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-10-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel treatment for cns injuries
WO1998021957A1 (en) * 1996-11-20 1998-05-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Triaryl substituted imidazoles, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use
US5783664A (en) * 1993-09-17 1998-07-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cytokine suppressive anit-inflammatory drug binding proteins

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2828091A1 (en) * 1978-06-27 1980-01-10 Boehringer Sohn Ingelheim 4-SUBSTITUTED THIAZOLOXAMIC ACIDS AND THEIR SALTS AND ESTERS
US4199592A (en) * 1978-08-29 1980-04-22 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Antiinflammatory 4,5-diaryl-2-nitroimidazoles
US4251535A (en) * 1978-08-29 1981-02-17 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Antiinflammatory 4,5-diaryl-2-nitroimidazoles
JPS6058981A (en) * 1983-09-09 1985-04-05 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd 5-pyridyl-1,3-thiazole derivative, production thereof and medicinal composition containing the same
EP0384271B1 (en) * 1989-02-14 1996-05-08 Wako Pure Chemical Industries Ltd Method for enhancement of chemiluminescence
DE69132006T2 (en) * 1990-11-30 2000-08-03 Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd THIAZOLE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF ACTIVE OXYGEN
JP2600644B2 (en) * 1991-08-16 1997-04-16 藤沢薬品工業株式会社 Thiazolyl benzofuran derivative
JPH0570446A (en) * 1991-09-13 1993-03-23 Taisho Pharmaceut Co Ltd N-thiazolylsulfonamide derivative
WO1993020061A1 (en) * 1992-04-01 1993-10-14 The University Of Toledo 4-[4'-piperidinyl or 3'-pirrolidinyl] substituted imidazoles as h3-receptor antagonists and therapeutic uses thereof
US5486526A (en) * 1992-04-01 1996-01-23 The University Of Toledo Histamine H3 -receptor antagonists and therapeutic uses thereof
US5670527A (en) * 1993-07-16 1997-09-23 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyridyl imidazole compounds and compositions
US5646156A (en) 1994-04-25 1997-07-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Inhibition of eosinophil activation through A3 adenosine receptor antagonism
US5620999A (en) * 1994-07-28 1997-04-15 Weier; Richard M. Benzenesulfonamide subtituted imidazolyl compounds for the treatment of inflammation
US5739143A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-04-14 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Imidazole compounds and compositions
US5972980A (en) * 1995-10-05 1999-10-26 Warner-Lambert Company Method for treating and preventing inflammation and atherosclerosis
WO1997012613A1 (en) * 1995-10-05 1997-04-10 Warner-Lambert Company Method for treating and preventing inflammation and atherosclerosis
US6001866A (en) * 1995-10-05 1999-12-14 Warner-Lambert Company Method for treating and preventing inflammation and atherosclerosis
US6083949A (en) * 1995-10-06 2000-07-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted imidazoles having anti-cancer and cytokine inhibitory activity
US5717100A (en) * 1995-10-06 1998-02-10 Merck & Co., Inc. Substituted imidazoles having anti-cancer and cytokine inhibitory activity
JP2000503302A (en) * 1996-01-11 2000-03-21 スミスクライン・ビーチャム・コーポレイション New substituted imidazole compounds
WO1997033879A1 (en) 1996-03-15 1997-09-18 Merck & Co., Inc. Compounds and methods for selectively inhibiting activation of the human a3 adenosine receptor
WO1997045425A1 (en) * 1996-05-27 1997-12-04 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. New indolyl and benzofuranyl carboxamides as inhibitors of nitric oxide production
EP0956018A4 (en) * 1996-08-21 2000-01-12 Smithkline Beecham Corp Imidazole compounds, compositions and use
JPH1087490A (en) * 1996-09-10 1998-04-07 Sagami Chem Res Center Interleukin-6 production inhibitor, bone resorption inhibitor, antiosteoporotic agent, and thiazole compound
US5891892A (en) * 1996-10-29 1999-04-06 Warner-Lambert Company Small molecule biaryl compounds as inhibitors of endothelin converting enzyme
AU7138298A (en) * 1997-04-24 1998-11-13 Ortho-Mcneil Corporation, Inc. Substituted imidazoles useful in the treatment of inflammatory diseases
KR20010014288A (en) * 1997-06-30 2001-02-26 오르토-맥네일 파마슈티칼, 인코퍼레이티드 2-Substituted imidazoles useful in the treatment of inflammatory diseases
JPH11145279A (en) * 1997-10-27 1999-05-28 Shijie Xianjin Jiti Electric Co Ltd Pin hole removal method of silicon nitride protective film
WO1999021555A2 (en) * 1997-10-27 1999-05-06 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Adenosine a3 receptor antagonists

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2856909A1 (en) * 1978-12-28 1980-07-17 Schering Ag NEW IMIDAZOLE DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS CONTAINING THEM
EP0149884A2 (en) * 1983-09-09 1985-07-31 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 5-Pyridyl-1,3-thiazole derivatives, their production and use
DE3601411A1 (en) * 1986-01-20 1987-07-23 Nattermann A & Cie 3-Amino-1-(2-thiazolyl)-2-pyrazolines, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical preparations containing these
WO1993015071A1 (en) * 1992-01-27 1993-08-05 Smithkline Beecham Intercredit B.V. Thiazolyl-pyridine derivatives and their use as gastric acid secretion inhibitors
WO1993021168A1 (en) * 1992-04-10 1993-10-28 Merck Frosst Canada Inc. Thiazole-substituted benzyl alcohols as leukotriene antagonists
US5783664A (en) * 1993-09-17 1998-07-21 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Cytokine suppressive anit-inflammatory drug binding proteins
WO1995011681A1 (en) * 1993-10-29 1995-05-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Human adenosine receptor antagonists
WO1997035856A1 (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-10-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel treatment for cns injuries
WO1997035855A1 (en) * 1996-03-25 1997-10-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Novel treatment for cns injuries
WO1998021957A1 (en) * 1996-11-20 1998-05-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Triaryl substituted imidazoles, compositions containing such compounds and methods of use

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
C D NICHOLSON: "Differential modulation of tissue function and therapeutic potential of selective inhibitors of cyclic nucleotide phosphodiesterase isoenzymes" TRENDS IN PHARMACOLOGICAL SCIENCES, vol. 12, no. 1, 1 January 1991, pages 19-27, XP002012152 *
MANNING A M ET AL: "Transcription inhibitors in inflammation" EXPERT OPINION ON INVESTIGATIONAL DRUGS, vol. 6, no. 5, 1 January 1997, pages 555-567, XP002093379 *
STRAPPAGHETTI, GIOVANNELLA ET AL: "Adenosine receptors: synthesis, structure-activity relationships and biological activity of new 6-aminopurine derivatives" EUR. J. MED. CHEM. (1998), 33(6), 501-508 CODEN: EJMCA5;ISSN: 0223-5234, XP002102674 *

Cited By (67)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO1999064418A1 (en) * 1998-06-05 1999-12-16 Novartis Ag Aryl pyridinyl thiazoles
US7101899B1 (en) 1999-04-23 2006-09-05 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole compounds, process for producing the same and use thereof
WO2000064894A1 (en) * 1999-04-23 2000-11-02 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole compounds, process for producing the same and use thereof
US7276527B2 (en) 1999-04-23 2007-10-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole compounds, process for producing the same and use thereof
WO2001010865A1 (en) * 1999-08-06 2001-02-15 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. p38MAP KINASE INHIBITORS
US6962933B1 (en) 1999-08-06 2005-11-08 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Method for inhibiting p38 MAP kinase or TNF-α production using a 1,3-thiazole
WO2001027094A1 (en) * 1999-10-12 2001-04-19 Japan Tobacco Inc. Hypertriglyceridemia remedies and antiobestics
US6608072B1 (en) * 1999-10-27 2003-08-19 Novartis Ag Thiazole compounds and their pharmaceutical use
US6891039B2 (en) 1999-10-27 2005-05-10 Novartis Ag Imidazo [4,5-B] pyridine compounds and their pharmaceuticals use
US7105550B2 (en) 2000-03-01 2006-09-12 Christopher Love 2,4-disubstituted thiazolyl derivatives
US7893280B2 (en) 2000-03-01 2011-02-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 2,4-disubstituted thiazolyl derivatives
WO2001064674A1 (en) * 2000-03-01 2001-09-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. 2,4-disubstituted thiazolyl derivatives
US6987119B2 (en) 2000-03-06 2006-01-17 Smithkline Beecham P.L.C. Imidazol-2-carboxamide derivatives as raf kinase inhibitors
WO2001074811A2 (en) * 2000-03-30 2001-10-11 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Substituted 1,3-thiazole compounds, their production and use
US7495018B2 (en) 2000-03-30 2009-02-24 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Substituted 1,3-thiazole compounds, their production and use
WO2001074811A3 (en) * 2000-03-30 2002-02-07 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd Substituted 1,3-thiazole compounds, their production and use
US6750232B2 (en) 2000-08-11 2004-06-15 Eisai Co., Ltd. 2-aminopyridine compounds and use thereof as drugs
WO2002014282A1 (en) * 2000-08-11 2002-02-21 Eisai Co., Ltd. 2-aminopyridine compounds and use thereof as drugs
US6645990B2 (en) 2000-08-15 2003-11-11 Amgen Inc. Thiazolyl urea compounds and methods of uses
US7196104B2 (en) 2000-08-15 2007-03-27 Amgen, Inc. Thiazolyl urea compounds and methods of uses
US7199137B2 (en) 2000-09-21 2007-04-03 Smithkline Beecham Plc Imidazole derivatives as Raf kinase inhibitors
US7067537B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2006-06-27 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Substituted thiazole derivatives bearing 3-pyridyl groups, process for preparing the same and use thereof
EP1364949A4 (en) * 2001-02-02 2005-11-23 Takeda Pharmaceutical Jnk inhibitor
US7199124B2 (en) 2001-02-02 2007-04-03 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited JNK inhibitor
EP1364949A1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2003-11-26 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Jnk inhibitor
WO2002062776A1 (en) * 2001-02-02 2002-08-15 Glaxo Group Limited 2-amino-4-(pyridin-2-yl)-thiazole derivatives as transforming growth factor beta (tgf-beta) inhibitors
EP1390068A4 (en) * 2001-05-18 2006-04-05 Endacea Inc Methods and formulations of using a1 adenosine and p2x purinoreceptor antagonists
EP1390068A1 (en) * 2001-05-18 2004-02-25 Endacea, Inc. Methods and formulations of using a1 adenosine and p2x purinoreceptor antagonists
US7163952B2 (en) 2001-12-03 2007-01-16 Japan Tobacco Inc. Azole compound and medicinal use thereof
US8404684B2 (en) 2003-05-02 2013-03-26 Novartis Ag Inhibitors of phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase
EP3002283A1 (en) 2003-12-26 2016-04-06 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Thiazole derivatives
WO2006137527A1 (en) 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Thiazole derivative
US7928098B2 (en) 2005-08-02 2011-04-19 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Therapeutic and/or preventive agents for a sleep disorder
WO2007015528A1 (en) 2005-08-02 2007-02-08 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Agent for treating and/or preventing sleep disorder
WO2007031440A2 (en) 2005-09-13 2007-03-22 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. 2-aniline-4-aryl substituted thiazole derivatives
US9388175B2 (en) 2005-09-13 2016-07-12 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. 2-aniline-4-aryl substituted thiazole derivatives
US8063084B2 (en) 2006-08-15 2011-11-22 Novartis Ag Heterocyclic compounds suitable for the treatment of diseases related to elevated lipid levels
US8293768B2 (en) 2006-08-15 2012-10-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8440701B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2013-05-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Trisubstituted 1,2,4 triazoles
US8404851B2 (en) 2007-10-18 2013-03-26 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1,3,5-trisubstituted triazole derivative
US8940771B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2015-01-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8318949B2 (en) 2008-02-20 2012-11-27 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US8049016B2 (en) 2008-02-20 2011-11-01 Novartis Ag Thiazole derivatives which inhibit stearoyl-CoA desaturase enzymes
US8778974B2 (en) 2008-03-19 2014-07-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Trisubstituted 1,2,4 triazoles
US8779158B2 (en) 2008-05-09 2014-07-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Trisubstituted pyrazoles as acetylcholine receptor modulators
US8227462B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2012-07-24 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxamide derivatives
US8476268B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2013-07-02 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxamide derivatives
US8710085B2 (en) 2008-09-10 2014-04-29 Novartis Ag Pyrrolidine-1,2-dicarboxamide derivatives
US9198426B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2015-12-01 Bayer Intellectual Property Gmbh Use of 5 pyridin-4-yl-1,3-thiazoles for controlling phytopathogenic fungi
EP2198710A1 (en) 2008-12-19 2010-06-23 Bayer CropScience AG Use of 5-pyridin-4yl-(1,3) thiazoles for combating phytopathogenic fungi
US8293753B2 (en) 2009-07-02 2012-10-23 Novartis Ag Substituted 2-carboxamide cycloamino ureas
CN103002893A (en) * 2010-07-30 2013-03-27 东丽株式会社 Therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent for neuropathic pain
CN103002893B (en) * 2010-07-30 2017-05-10 东丽株式会社 Therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent for neuropathic pain
KR101786818B1 (en) 2010-07-30 2017-10-18 도레이 카부시키가이샤 Therapeutic agent or prophylactic agent for neuropathic pain
US9663529B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2017-05-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
US9914740B2 (en) 2013-07-02 2018-03-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Tricyclic pyrido-carboxamide derivatives as rock inhibitors
US10653673B2 (en) 2013-08-16 2020-05-19 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Substituted imidazoles as N-type calcium channel blockers
ES2578363A1 (en) * 2015-01-22 2016-07-26 Palobiofarma, S.L. Modulators of a3 adenosine receptors (Machine-translation by Google Translate, not legally binding)
WO2016116652A1 (en) 2015-01-22 2016-07-28 Palobiofarma, S.L. Modulators of the adenosine a3 receptors
US10238637B2 (en) 2015-01-22 2019-03-26 Palobiofarma, S.L. Modulators of the adenosine A3 receptors
CN108495852A (en) * 2016-09-08 2018-09-04 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 2- acylaminothiazole analog derivatives and preparation method thereof and purposes
WO2018045906A1 (en) * 2016-09-08 2018-03-15 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 2-acylaminothiazole derivative and preparation method therefor and use thereof
CN108495852B (en) * 2016-09-08 2021-06-15 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 2-amido thiazole derivatives, preparation method and application thereof
WO2018134464A1 (en) 2017-01-20 2018-07-26 Palobiofarma, S.L. Adenosine a3 receptor modulators
CN109293652A (en) * 2017-07-24 2019-02-01 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 A kind of substituted thiazole and application thereof
CN109293652B (en) * 2017-07-24 2021-10-22 四川科伦博泰生物医药股份有限公司 Substituted thiazole derivative and application thereof
CN107400124A (en) * 2017-09-14 2017-11-28 刘双伟 A kind of nicotinamide compound, synthetic route and its application in Claritin is prepared

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6620825B1 (en) 2003-09-16
WO1999021555A3 (en) 1999-07-22
US6436966B1 (en) 2002-08-20
EP1027050B1 (en) 2004-01-14
DE69821132D1 (en) 2004-02-19
DE69821132T2 (en) 2004-10-21
ATE257703T1 (en) 2004-01-15
EP1027050A2 (en) 2000-08-16
CA2302417A1 (en) 1999-05-06
JPH11193281A (en) 1999-07-21
AU9648098A (en) 1999-05-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1027050B1 (en) 1,3-thiazoles as adenosine a3 receptor antagonists for the treatment of allergy, asthma and diabetes
US6962933B1 (en) Method for inhibiting p38 MAP kinase or TNF-α production using a 1,3-thiazole
RU2237062C2 (en) Derivatives of 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole, method for their preparing, their prodrug, pharmaceutical composition, method for antagonism of adenosine a3-receptor, method for inhibition of p38 map kinase, method for inhibition producing tnf-alpha and method for prophylaxis
US20040097555A1 (en) Concomitant drugs
US20050080113A1 (en) Medicinal compositions
US7495018B2 (en) Substituted 1,3-thiazole compounds, their production and use
US7767665B2 (en) 1,3-benzothiazinone derivatives and use thereof
CA2436739A1 (en) Combination agent
US20070149558A1 (en) Benzo-fused 5-membered heterocyclic compounds, their production and use
WO2002062792A9 (en) Jnk inhibitor
JP2003535887A (en) Benzothiazole derivatives
KR20100017866A (en) Csf-1r inhibitors, compositions, and methods of use
JP2001114690A (en) p38MAP KINASE INHIBITOR
JP2000302680A (en) Brain protective agent
JP2002302488A (en) Substituted 1,3-thiazole compound, its production method and use thereof
JP3333774B2 (en) 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole compounds, their production and use
JP2002302445A (en) Jnk inhibitor
JP4403305B2 (en) 1,3-Benzothiazinone derivatives and uses
JP2003063993A (en) Pharmaceutical composition
JP4310079B2 (en) 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole compound, its production and use
JP2002302458A (en) Combined medicine
WO2000044756A1 (en) Thiazolopyrimidine compounds, process for the preparation of the same and uses thereof
JP2000281685A (en) Thiazolopyrimidine compound, its production and use
ZA200108996B (en) 5-pyridyl-1,3-azole compounds, process for producing the same and use thereof.

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AL AM AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CN CU CZ EE GD GE HR HU ID IL IS JP KG KR KZ LC LK LR LT LV MD MG MK MN MX NO NZ PL RO RU SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA US UZ VN YU

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): AL AM AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY CA CN CU CZ EE GD GE HR HU ID IL IS JP KG KR KZ LC LK LR LT LV MD MG MK MN MX NO NZ PL RO RU SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT UA US UZ VN YU

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A3

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW SD SZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1998950388

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 09463639

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2302417

Country of ref document: CA

Ref country code: CA

Ref document number: 2302417

Kind code of ref document: A

Format of ref document f/p: F

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1998950388

Country of ref document: EP

WWG Wipo information: grant in national office

Ref document number: 1998950388

Country of ref document: EP